diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils-2.17/bfd/elfxx-mips.c')
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils-2.17/bfd/elfxx-mips.c | 11130 |
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 11130 deletions
diff --git a/binutils-2.17/bfd/elfxx-mips.c b/binutils-2.17/bfd/elfxx-mips.c deleted file mode 100644 index 39420a63..00000000 --- a/binutils-2.17/bfd/elfxx-mips.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11130 +0,0 @@ -/* MIPS-specific support for ELF - Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, - 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - - Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, - <ian@cygnus.com>. - N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC. - <mark@codesourcery.com> - Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data - Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net> - - This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. - - This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or - (at your option) any later version. - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - GNU General Public License for more details. - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ - -/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */ - -#include "bfd.h" -#include "sysdep.h" -#include "libbfd.h" -#include "libiberty.h" -#include "elf-bfd.h" -#include "elfxx-mips.h" -#include "elf/mips.h" -#include "elf-vxworks.h" - -/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */ -#include "coff/sym.h" -#include "coff/symconst.h" -#include "coff/ecoff.h" -#include "coff/mips.h" - -#include "hashtab.h" - -/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry. - There are three types of entry: - - (1) absolute addresses - (abfd == NULL) - (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd - (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0) - (3) global and forced-local symbols - (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1) - - Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT. - In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT - reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both - the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out - that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to - create separate GOTs for each input bfd. - - However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one - entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only - on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat - arbitrary in this case. - - This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique - mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the - mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's - GOT index. - - However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue - to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several - mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd. - We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when - there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the - mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */ -struct mips_got_entry -{ - /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */ - bfd *abfd; - /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if - we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */ - long symndx; - union - { - /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */ - bfd_vma address; - /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation - that should be added to the symbol value. */ - bfd_vma addend; - /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry - corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if - h->forced_local). */ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - } d; - - /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and - IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new - relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not - combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be - a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */ - unsigned char tls_type; - - /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry - corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol - whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */ - long gotidx; -}; - -/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */ - -struct mips_got_info -{ - /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic - symbol table. */ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym; - /* The number of global .got entries. */ - unsigned int global_gotno; - /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */ - unsigned int tls_gotno; - /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during - mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ - unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno; - /* The number of local .got entries. */ - unsigned int local_gotno; - /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */ - unsigned int assigned_gotno; - /* A hash table holding members of the got. */ - struct htab *got_entries; - /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL - unless multi-got was necessary. */ - struct htab *bfd2got; - /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most - of the time, it points to the previous got). */ - struct mips_got_info *next; - /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE - for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed - because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries - for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */ - bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset; -}; - -/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */ - -struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash { - bfd *bfd; - struct mips_got_info *g; -}; - -/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to - create and merge bfd's gots. */ - -struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg -{ - /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */ - htab_t bfd2got; - /* The output bfd. */ - bfd *obfd; - /* The link information. */ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get - the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and - DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */ - struct mips_got_info *primary; - /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's - gots. */ - struct mips_got_info *current; - /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a - 16-bit offset. */ - unsigned int max_count; - /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */ - unsigned int primary_count; - /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */ - unsigned int current_count; - /* The total number of global entries which will live in the - primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes - those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in - the "master" GOT. */ - unsigned int global_count; -}; - -/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */ - -struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg -{ - struct mips_got_info *g; - int value; - unsigned int needed_relocs; - struct bfd_link_info *info; -}; - -/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT - entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */ - -struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg -{ - struct bfd_link_info *info; - unsigned int needed; -}; - -struct _mips_elf_section_data -{ - struct bfd_elf_section_data elf; - union - { - struct mips_got_info *got_info; - bfd_byte *tdata; - } u; -}; - -#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \ - ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec)) - -/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting - the dynamic symbols. */ - -struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data -{ - /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table - index. */ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *low; - /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS - symbol with a GOT entry. */ - long min_got_dynindx; - /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol - with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol - with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */ - long max_unref_got_dynindx; - /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a - symbol without a GOT entry. */ - long max_non_got_dynindx; -}; - -/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in - the global hash table. */ - -struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry -{ - struct elf_link_hash_entry root; - - /* External symbol information. */ - EXTR esym; - - /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against - this symbol. */ - unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs; - - /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against - a readonly section. */ - bfd_boolean readonly_reloc; - - /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations - related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but - R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", - p. 4-20. */ - bfd_boolean no_fn_stub; - - /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this - 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ - asection *fn_stub; - - /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears - in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */ - bfd_boolean need_fn_stub; - - /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this - 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ - asection *call_stub; - - /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function - being called returns a floating point value. */ - asection *call_fp_stub; - - /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted - the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */ - bfd_boolean forced_local; - - /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */ - bfd_boolean is_relocation_target; - - /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */ - bfd_boolean is_branch_target; - -#define GOT_NORMAL 0 -#define GOT_TLS_GD 1 -#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2 -#define GOT_TLS_IE 4 -#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40 -#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80 - unsigned char tls_type; - /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there - is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored - there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry - structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be - possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is - overloaded already. */ - bfd_vma tls_got_offset; -}; - -/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -struct mips_elf_link_hash_table -{ - struct elf_link_hash_table root; -#if 0 - /* We no longer use this. */ - /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */ - bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES]; -#endif - /* The number of .rtproc entries. */ - bfd_size_type procedure_count; - /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */ - bfd_size_type compact_rel_size; - /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic - entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */ - bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head; - /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */ - bfd_vma rld_value; - /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */ - bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen; - /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */ - bfd_boolean is_vxworks; - /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not - being used. */ - asection *srelbss; - asection *sdynbss; - asection *srelplt; - asection *srelplt2; - asection *sgotplt; - asection *splt; - /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */ - bfd_vma plt_header_size; - /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */ - bfd_vma plt_entry_size; - /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */ - bfd_vma function_stub_size; -}; - -#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \ - (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16) - -/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */ - -struct extsym_info -{ - bfd *abfd; - struct bfd_link_info *info; - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - bfd_boolean failed; -}; - -/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */ - -static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] = -{ - "_procedure_table", - "_procedure_string_table", - "_procedure_table_size", - NULL -}; - -/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on - IRIX5. */ - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */ - unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */ - unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */ - unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */ - unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */ - unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */ -} Elf32_compact_rel; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte id1[4]; - bfd_byte num[4]; - bfd_byte id2[4]; - bfd_byte offset[4]; - bfd_byte reserved0[4]; - bfd_byte reserved1[4]; -} Elf32_External_compact_rel; - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ - unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ - unsigned int dist2to : 8; - unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ - unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ - unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */ -} Elf32_crinfo; - -typedef struct -{ - unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ - unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ - unsigned int dist2to : 8; - unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ - unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ -} Elf32_crinfo2; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte info[4]; - bfd_byte konst[4]; - bfd_byte vaddr[4]; -} Elf32_External_crinfo; - -typedef struct -{ - bfd_byte info[4]; - bfd_byte konst[4]; -} Elf32_External_crinfo2; - -/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */ - -#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1) -#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31) -#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf) -#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27) -#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff) -#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19) -#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff) -#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0) - -/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words) - formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr - fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */ -#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1 -#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0 - -/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST - has different meaning for each type: - - (type) (konst) - CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data - CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX) - CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr - CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump - */ - -#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa -#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb -#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc -#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd - -#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v)) -#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2) - -/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the - loader for use by the static exception system. */ - -typedef struct runtime_pdr { - bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */ - long regmask; /* Save register mask. */ - long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */ - long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */ - long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */ - long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */ - short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */ - short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */ - long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */ - long reserved; - struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */ -} RPDR, *pRPDR; -#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR) -#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0) - -static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry - (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, - asection *, bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int); -static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *); -static bfd_vma mips_elf_high - (bfd_vma); -static bfd_boolean mips_elf_stub_section_p - (bfd *, asection *); -static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma, - bfd_vma *, asection *); -static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash - (const void *); -static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp - (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); -static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd - (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); - -/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */ -static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd; - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */ -#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \ - ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */ -#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64) - -/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */ -#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd)) - -/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */ -#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd)) - -/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */ -#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \ - (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none) - -/* The name of the options section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ - (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options") - -/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section. - Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \ - (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0) - -/* Whether the section is readonly. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \ - ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \ - == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) - -/* The name of the stub section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs" - -/* The size of an external REL relocation. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel) - -/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela) - -/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn) - -/* The size of a GOT entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) - -/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym) - -/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align) - -/* Get word-sized data. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr)) - -/* Put out word-sized data. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \ - (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \ - : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr)) - -/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ - _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) - -#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \ - (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela)) - -/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL - (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are - two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and - the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is - in range for the first relocation section, check that the external - relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if - rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first - section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second - section, that is RELA. */ -#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \ - ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \ - * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \ - > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \ - == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \ - == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \ - : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))) - -/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \ - (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn") - -/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value - from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */ -#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1) -#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2) - -/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */ -#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \ - (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2) - -/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */ -#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \ - (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0) - -/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit - offsets from $gp. */ -#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff) - -/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */ -#define STUB_LW(abfd) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ - : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ -#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \ - : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */ -#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */ -#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */ -#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */ -#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \ - ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ - ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \ - : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ - -#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16 -#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20 - -/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp - section. */ - -#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \ - (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \ - : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \ - : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1") - -#ifdef BFD64 -#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)) -#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i)) -#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) -#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ - (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) -#else -#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos) -#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ - (ELF32_R_SYM (i)) -#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ - (ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) -#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ - (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) -#endif - - /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle - floating point arguments. - - Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that - copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and - then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the - call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit - function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to - consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because - if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, - since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. - - Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs - that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp - regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, - then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected - to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the - stub should be discarded. - - .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs - which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs - to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while - calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs - must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not - needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because - 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both - $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) - - Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. - Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation - information will indicate which symbol the section is for. - - We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */ - -#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn." -#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call." -#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp." - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = { - 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ - 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ - 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = { - 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ - 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */ - 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */ - 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */ - 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = { - 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x00000000, /* nop */ - 0x00000000 /* nop */ -}; - -/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ -static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = { - 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ - 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */ -}; - -/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \ - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \ - elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \ - (copy), (follow))) - -/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ - (elf_link_hash_traverse \ - (&(table)->root, \ - (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ - (info))) - -/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ - -#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \ - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) - -/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object, - for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */ - -#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 -#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 - -static bfd_vma -dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) - return 0; - return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; -} - -static bfd_vma -tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ - if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) - return 0; - return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; -} - -/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -static struct bfd_hash_entry * -mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, - struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret = - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; - - /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a - subclass. */ - if (ret == NULL) - ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)); - if (ret == NULL) - return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; - - /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ - ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, - table, string)); - if (ret != NULL) - { - /* Set local fields. */ - memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR)); - /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has - not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */ - ret->esym.ifd = -2; - ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; - ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE; - ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE; - ret->fn_stub = NULL; - ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE; - ret->call_stub = NULL; - ret->call_fp_stub = NULL; - ret->forced_local = FALSE; - ret->is_branch_target = FALSE; - ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE; - ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; - } - - return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) -{ - struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); - - sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (sdata == NULL) - return FALSE; - sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; - - return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); -} - -/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a - ecoff_debug_info structure. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section, - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) -{ - HDRR *symhdr; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - char *ext_hdr; - - swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug)); - - ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size); - if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0) - goto error_return; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0, - swap->external_hdr_size)) - goto error_return; - - symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header; - (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr); - - /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to - read. */ -#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \ - if (symhdr->count == 0) \ - debug->ptr = NULL; \ - else \ - { \ - bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \ - debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \ - if (debug->ptr == NULL) \ - goto error_return; \ - if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \ - || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \ - goto error_return; \ - } - - READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *); - READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *); - READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *); - READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *); - READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *); - READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), - union aux_ext *); - READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *); - READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *); - READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *); - READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *); - READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *); -#undef READ - - debug->fdr = NULL; - - return TRUE; - - error_return: - if (ext_hdr != NULL) - free (ext_hdr); - if (debug->line != NULL) - free (debug->line); - if (debug->external_dnr != NULL) - free (debug->external_dnr); - if (debug->external_pdr != NULL) - free (debug->external_pdr); - if (debug->external_sym != NULL) - free (debug->external_sym); - if (debug->external_opt != NULL) - free (debug->external_opt); - if (debug->external_aux != NULL) - free (debug->external_aux); - if (debug->ss != NULL) - free (debug->ss); - if (debug->ssext != NULL) - free (debug->ssext); - if (debug->external_fdr != NULL) - free (debug->external_fdr); - if (debug->external_rfd != NULL) - free (debug->external_rfd); - if (debug->external_ext != NULL) - free (debug->external_ext); - return FALSE; -} - -/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */ - -static void -ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex) -{ - H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset); - - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg); - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg); - - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss); -} - -/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s, - struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) -{ - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; - HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header; - RPDR *rpdr, *rp; - struct rpdr_ext *erp; - void *rtproc; - struct pdr_ext *epdr; - struct sym_ext *esym; - char *ss, **sv; - char *str; - bfd_size_type size; - bfd_size_type count; - unsigned long sindex; - unsigned long i; - PDR pdr; - SYMR sym; - const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)"); - - epdr = NULL; - rpdr = NULL; - esym = NULL; - ss = NULL; - sv = NULL; - - swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - - sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1; - count = hdr->ipdMax; - if (count > 0) - { - size = swap->external_pdr_size; - - epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (epdr == NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr)) - goto error_return; - - size = sizeof (RPDR); - rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (rpdr == NULL) - goto error_return; - - size = sizeof (char *); - sv = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (sv == NULL) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->isymMax; - size = swap->external_sym_size; - esym = bfd_malloc (size * count); - if (esym == NULL) - goto error_return; - - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym)) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->issMax; - ss = bfd_malloc (count); - if (ss == NULL) - goto error_return; - if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss)) - goto error_return; - - count = hdr->ipdMax; - for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++) - { - (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr); - (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym); - rp->adr = sym.value; - rp->regmask = pdr.regmask; - rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset; - rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask; - rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset; - rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset; - rp->framereg = pdr.framereg; - rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg; - rp->irpss = sindex; - sv[i] = ss + sym.iss; - sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; - } - } - - size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex; - size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16); - rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size); - if (rtproc == NULL) - { - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0; - goto error_return; - } - - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2; - - erp = rtproc; - memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext)); - erp++; - str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2); - strcpy (str, no_name_func); - str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1; - for (i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i); - strcpy (str, sv[i]); - str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; - } - H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr); - - /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */ - s->size = size; - s->contents = rtproc; - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - s->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - if (epdr != NULL) - free (epdr); - if (rpdr != NULL) - free (rpdr); - if (esym != NULL) - free (esym); - if (ss != NULL) - free (ss); - if (sv != NULL) - free (sv); - - return TRUE; - - error_return: - if (epdr != NULL) - free (epdr); - if (rpdr != NULL) - free (rpdr); - if (esym != NULL) - free (esym); - if (ss != NULL) - free (ss); - if (sv != NULL) - free (sv); - return FALSE; -} - -/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can - discard them. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - if (h->fn_stub != NULL - && ! h->need_fn_stub) - { - /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol - are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from - being included in the link. */ - h->fn_stub->size = 0; - h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } - - if (h->call_stub != NULL - && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) - { - /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so - calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size - to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ - h->call_stub->size = 0; - h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } - - if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL - && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) - { - /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so - calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size - to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ - h->call_fp_stub->size = 0; - h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; - h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0; - h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. - Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions - are 32 bits. - - The format of these instructions is: - - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | Immediate 15:0 | - +-----------------------------------------------+ - - JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. - Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. - - When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is - handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is - stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. - (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a - R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is - always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 - 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a - big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian - file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. - This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal - instruction. - - When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit - instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the - contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as - R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the - immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the - value as two 16-bit values. - - To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, - defined as - - big-endian: - +--------+----------------------+ - | | | - | | targ26-16 | - |31 26|25 0| - +--------+----------------------+ - - little-endian: - +----------+------+-------------+ - | | | | - | sub1 | | sub2 | - |0 9|10 15|16 31| - +----------+--------------------+ - where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is - ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). - - When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is - (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) - When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is - let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) - ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) - - R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16 - mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this: - - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 | - +--------------+--------------------------------+ - - EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction - opcode. - - This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the - addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that - is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field. - - All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As - above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a - little-endian system. - - R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to - access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing - can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16, - except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above - for R_MIPS16_GPREL. - */ -void -_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, - bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) -{ - bfd_vma extend, insn, val; - - if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL - && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) - return; - - /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */ - extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data); - insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2); - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) - { - if (jal_shuffle) - val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11) - | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn; - else - val = extend << 16 | insn; - } - else - val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11) - | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f); - bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data); -} - -void -_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, - bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) -{ - bfd_vma extend, insn, val; - - if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL - && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) - return; - - val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data); - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) - { - if (jal_shuffle) - { - insn = val & 0xffff; - extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0) - | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f); - } - else - { - insn = val & 0xffff; - extend = val >> 16; - } - } - else - { - insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f); - extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0); - } - bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2); - bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data); -} - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, - arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section, - bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp) -{ - bfd_vma relocation; - bfd_signed_vma val; - bfd_reloc_status_type status; - - if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) - relocation = 0; - else - relocation = symbol->value; - - relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma; - relocation += symbol->section->output_offset; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */ - val = reloc_entry->addend; - - _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16); - - /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we - are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for - an external symbol. */ - if (! relocatable - || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) - val += relocation - gp; - - if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) - { - status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, - (bfd_byte *) data - + reloc_entry->address); - if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) - return status; - } - else - reloc_entry->addend = val; - - if (relocatable) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or - R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section - that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of - INPUT_SECTION. */ - -struct mips_hi16 -{ - struct mips_hi16 *next; - bfd_byte *data; - asection *input_section; - arelent rel; -}; - -/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */ - -static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list; - -/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only - calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering - *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later. - - The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16. - However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of - *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly - simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, - asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data, - asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, - char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - struct mips_hi16 *n; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n); - if (n == NULL) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - n->next = mips_hi16_list; - n->data = data; - n->input_section = input_section; - n->rel = *reloc_entry; - mips_hi16_list = n; - - if (output_bfd != NULL) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just - like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is - treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, - void *data, asection *input_section, - bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) -{ - if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 - || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)) - || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))) - /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */ - return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); - - return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, error_message); -} - -/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself - is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with - any partnering high-part relocations as well. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, - void *data, asection *input_section, - bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) -{ - bfd_vma vallo; - bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location); - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - - while (mips_hi16_list != NULL) - { - bfd_reloc_status_type ret; - struct mips_hi16 *hi; - - hi = mips_hi16_list; - - /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We - want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16 - relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16 - relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto - has a rightshift of 0. */ - if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16) - hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE); - - /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any - carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */ - hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff; - - ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data, - hi->input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); - if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok) - return ret; - - mips_hi16_list = hi->next; - free (hi); - } - - return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, - input_section, output_bfd, - error_message); -} - -/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the - relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in - bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */ - -bfd_reloc_status_type -_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, - asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, - char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - bfd_signed_vma val; - bfd_reloc_status_type status; - bfd_boolean relocatable; - - relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL); - - if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - - /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */ - val = 0; - if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) - { - /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a - relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's - offset or address. */ - val += symbol->section->output_section->vma; - val += symbol->section->output_offset; - } - - if (!relocatable) - { - /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value - and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */ - val += symbol->value; - if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative) - { - val -= input_section->output_section->vma; - val -= input_section->output_offset; - val -= reloc_entry->address; - } - } - - /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation - in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend, - we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add - VAL to the relocation field itself. */ - if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) - reloc_entry->addend += val; - else - { - bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; - - /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */ - val += reloc_entry->addend; - - /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */ - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, - location); - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, - location); - - if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) - return status; - } - - if (relocatable) - reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; - - return bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely - on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */ - -static void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex, - Elf32_gptab *in) -{ - in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); - in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); -} - -static void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in, - Elf32_External_gptab *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); -} - -static void -bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in, - Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1); -} - -static void -bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in, - Elf32_External_crinfo *ex) -{ - unsigned long l; - - l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH) - | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH) - | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH) - | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH)); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr); -} - -/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These - routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of - BFD, so they are globally visible. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex, - Elf32_RegInfo *in) -{ - in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); - in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -void -bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in, - Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register - information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap - them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used - outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them - without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex, - Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in) -{ - in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); - in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad); - in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -void -bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in, - Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex) -{ - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); - H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); -} - -/* Swap in an options header. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex, - Elf_Internal_Options *in) -{ - in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind); - in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size); - in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section); - in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info); -} - -/* Swap out an options header. */ - -void -bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in, - Elf_External_Options *ex) -{ - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind); - H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size); - H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section); - H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info); -} - -/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation - entries by increasing r_symndx value. */ - -static int -sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1; - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2; - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2); - - return ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info); -} - -/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */ - -static int -sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3]; - Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3]; - - (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) - (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1); - (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) - (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2); - - return (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) - - ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)); -#else - abort (); -#endif -} - - -/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol - information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The - ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external - symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know - whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two - tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external - symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug - section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we - can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are - required by relocation until we relocate the sections. - Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be - stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen - when generating a final executable. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct extsym_info *einfo = data; - bfd_boolean strip; - asection *sec, *output_section; - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - if (h->root.indx == -2) - strip = FALSE; - else if ((h->root.def_dynamic - || h->root.ref_dynamic - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) - && !h->root.def_regular - && !h->root.ref_regular) - strip = TRUE; - else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all - || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some - && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash, - h->root.root.root.string, - FALSE, FALSE) == NULL)) - strip = TRUE; - else - strip = FALSE; - - if (strip) - return TRUE; - - if (h->esym.ifd == -2) - { - h->esym.jmptbl = 0; - h->esym.cobol_main = 0; - h->esym.weakext = 0; - h->esym.reserved = 0; - h->esym.ifd = ifdNil; - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal; - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - { - const char *name; - - /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some - special symbols. */ - name = h->root.root.root.string; - if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 - || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scData; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = - mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count; - } - else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd)) - { - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; - h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd); - } - else - h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; - } - else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined - && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - else - { - const char *name; - - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - output_section = sec->output_section; - - /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from - the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */ - if (output_section == NULL) - h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; - else - { - name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section); - - if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scText; - else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scRData; - else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; - else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; - else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scInit; - else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0) - h->esym.asym.sc = scFini; - else - h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; - } - } - - h->esym.asym.reserved = 0; - h->esym.asym.index = indexNil; - } - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) - h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size; - else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - { - if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon) - h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; - else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon) - h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; - - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - output_section = sec->output_section; - if (output_section != NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sec->output_offset - + output_section->vma); - else - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - else if (h->root.needs_plt) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h; - bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub; - - while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) - { - hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link; - no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub; - } - - if (!no_fn_stub) - { - /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */ - h->esym.asym.st = stProc; - sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sec == NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - else - { - output_section = sec->output_section; - if (output_section != NULL) - h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset - + sec->output_offset - + output_section->vma); - else - h->esym.asym.value = 0; - } - } - } - - if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap, - h->root.root.root.string, - &h->esym)) - { - einfo->failed = TRUE; - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */ - -static int -gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2) -{ - const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1; - const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2; - - return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value; -} - -/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */ - -/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit - hash number. */ - -static INLINE hashval_t -mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return addr + (addr >> 32); -#else - return addr; -#endif -} - -/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so - use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate - union members. */ - -static hashval_t -mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; - - return entry->symndx - + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17) - + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) - : entry->abfd->id - + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend) - : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash)); -} - -static int -mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; - const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; - - /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */ - if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) - return 0; - - return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx - && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address - : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend - : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); -} - -/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects, - even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the - hash computation and compare functions are adjusted - accordingly. */ - -static hashval_t -mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; - - return entry->symndx - + (! entry->abfd - ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) - : entry->symndx >= 0 - ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) - ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17) - : (entry->abfd->id - + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))) - : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash); -} - -static int -mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) -{ - const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; - const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; - - /* Any two LDM entries match. */ - if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) - return 1; - - /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */ - if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) - return 0; - - return e1->symndx == e2->symndx - && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend - : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL - ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address - : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); -} - -/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to - create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL - if creation fails. */ - -static asection * -mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p) -{ - const char *dname; - asection *sreloc; - bfd *dynobj; - - dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname); - if (sreloc == NULL && create_p) - { - sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname, - (SEC_ALLOC - | SEC_LOAD - | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS - | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED - | SEC_READONLY)); - if (sreloc == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj))) - return NULL; - } - return sreloc; -} - -/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */ - -static asection * -mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded) -{ - asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); - if (sgot == NULL - || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)) - return NULL; - return sgot; -} - -/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by - INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT - section. */ - -static struct mips_got_info * -mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp) -{ - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); - BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); - g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - if (sgotp) - *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL; - - return g; -} - -/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with - access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H - is NULL). */ - -static int -mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - int indx = 0; - int ret = 0; - bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; - bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; - - if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) - && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) - indx = h->dynindx; - - if ((info->shared || indx != 0) - && (h == NULL - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT - || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) - need_relocs = TRUE; - - if (!need_relocs) - return FALSE; - - if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) - { - ret++; - if (indx != 0) - ret++; - } - - if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) - ret++; - - if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared) - ret++; - - return ret; -} - -/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in - ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */ - -static int -mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1; - struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; - - if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1) - arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL); - - return 1; -} - -/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or - forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ - -static int -mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm - = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; - struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; - - if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) - arg->needed += 2; - if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) - arg->needed += 1; - - return 1; -} - -/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or - forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ - -static int -mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm - = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; - struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; - - arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root); - - return 1; -} - -/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */ - -static void -mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, - asection *sreloc, - unsigned long indx, - int r_type, - bfd_vma offset) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type); - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; - - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - { - (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) - (output_bfd, &rel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); - } - else - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out - (output_bfd, &rel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); - ++sreloc->reloc_count; -} - -/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */ - -static void -mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset, - unsigned char *tls_type_p, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - bfd_vma value) -{ - int indx; - asection *sreloc, *sgot; - bfd_vma offset, offset2; - bfd *dynobj; - bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - - indx = 0; - if (h != NULL) - { - bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; - - if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root) - && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))) - indx = h->root.dynindx; - } - - if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE) - return; - - if ((info->shared || indx != 0) - && (h == NULL - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT - || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) - need_relocs = TRUE; - - /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not - be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that - case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */ - BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs) - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak); - - /* Emit necessary relocations. */ - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - - /* General Dynamic. */ - if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD) - { - offset = got_offset; - offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - - if (need_relocs) - { - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); - - if (indx) - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2); - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + offset2); - } - else - { - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, - sgot->contents + offset); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + offset2); - } - - got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - } - - /* Initial Exec model. */ - if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE) - { - offset = got_offset; - - if (need_relocs) - { - if (indx == 0) - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma, - sgot->contents + offset); - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, - sgot->contents + offset); - - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); - } - else - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info), - sgot->contents + offset); - } - - if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM) - { - /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the - bias by DTP_OFFSET. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, - sgot->contents + got_offset - + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); - - if (!info->shared) - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, - sgot->contents + got_offset); - else - mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation - (abfd, sreloc, indx, - ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, - sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); - } - - *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE; -} - -/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against - a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this - symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the - GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type, - int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol) -{ - BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD - || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM); - - mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol); - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE); - if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) - return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - else - return got_index; - } - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD) - { - BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD); - return got_index; - } - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) - { - BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM); - return got_index; - } - - return got_index; -} - -/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry - for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset - will be negative. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1); - - /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */ - plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size; - - /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */ - got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset - + plt_index * 4); - - /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); - - return got_address - got_value; -} - -/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from - a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT - entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, - create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT - offset can be found. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, - unsigned long r_symndx, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type) -{ - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); - - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, - input_section, value, - r_symndx, h, r_type); - if (!entry) - return MINUS_ONE; - - if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) - { - if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) - /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's - hash table entry to track the index. */ - return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type, - r_type, info, h, value); - else - return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type, - r_type, info, h, value); - } - else - return entry->gotidx; -} - -/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd_vma index; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; - long global_got_dynindx = 0; - - gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot); - if (g->bfd2got && ibfd) - { - struct mips_got_entry e, *p; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0); - - g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); - if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) - { - e.abfd = ibfd; - e.symndx = -1; - e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; - e.tls_type = 0; - - p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e); - - BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0); - - if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) - { - bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; - if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) - value = (h->root.u.def.value - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); - - return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type, - info, e.d.h, value); - } - else - return p->gotidx; - } - } - - if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL) - global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; - - if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm - = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; - - if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) - value = (h->root.u.def.value - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); - - index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type, - r_type, info, hm, value); - } - else - { - /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic - symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater - indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT - offset. */ - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx); - index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno) - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); - } - BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size); - - return index; -} - -/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was - calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries - are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within - 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry - could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the - offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp) -{ - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd_vma page, index; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); - - page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, - input_section, page, 0, - NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); - - if (!entry) - return MINUS_ONE; - - index = entry->gotidx; - - if (offsetp) - *offsetp = value - entry->d.address; - - return index; -} - -/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE, - which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. - EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol - that has been forced local. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, - bfd_boolean external) -{ - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_got_entry *entry; - - /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16 - relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the - symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the - equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */ - if (! external) - value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); - - entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, - input_section, value, 0, - NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16); - if (entry) - return entry->gotidx; - else - return MINUS_ONE; -} - -/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position - in the GOT. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd, - bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index) -{ - asection *sgot; - bfd_vma gp; - struct mips_got_info *g; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); - gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd) - + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd); - - return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp; -} - -/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated - from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not - be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry - instead. */ - -static struct mips_got_entry * -mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg, - asection *sgot, asection *input_section, - bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - int r_type) -{ - struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - - entry.abfd = NULL; - entry.symndx = -1; - entry.d.address = value; - entry.tls_type = 0; - - g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd); - if (g == NULL) - { - g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd); - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - } - - /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the - global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local - or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not - automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */ - BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local); - if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) - { - struct mips_got_entry *p; - - entry.abfd = ibfd; - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) - { - entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM; - entry.symndx = 0; - entry.d.addend = 0; - } - else if (h == NULL) - { - entry.symndx = r_symndx; - entry.d.addend = 0; - } - else - entry.d.h = h; - - p = (struct mips_got_entry *) - htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry); - - BFD_ASSERT (p); - return p; - } - - loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, - INSERT); - if (*loc) - return *loc; - - entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++; - entry.tls_type = 0; - - *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); - - if (! *loc) - return NULL; - - memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); - - if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno) - { - (*loc)->gotidx = -1; - /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */ - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries")); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return NULL; - } - - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, - (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx)); - - /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because - the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be - against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol. - The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output - section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - asection *s, *output_section; - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma got_address; - int dynindx; - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - output_section = input_section->output_section; - dynindx = elf_section_data (output_section)->dynindx; - got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma - + sgot->output_offset - + entry.gotidx); - - loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - outrel.r_offset = got_address; - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_MIPS_32); - outrel.r_addend = value - output_section->vma; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); - } - - return *loc; -} - -/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries - appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space - required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols - known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During - _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the - section symbols are added and the count is higher. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local) -{ - struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd *dynobj; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); - - hsd.low = NULL; - hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx = - hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info - indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the - primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are - dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't - referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they - don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting - too large offsets. */ - - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0); - hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) - elf_hash_table (info)), - mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, - &hsd); - - /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to - accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */ - BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx); - BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx - <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount); - - /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol - table index in the GOT. */ - g->global_gotsym = hsd.low; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic - index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic - index. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) -{ - struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data; - - if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting - at all. */ - if (h->root.dynindx == -1) - return TRUE; - - /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly - referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are - referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get - -1. */ - if (h->root.got.offset == 2) - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); - - if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx) - hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++; - } - else if (h->root.got.offset != 1) - h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++; - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); - - h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx; - hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic - symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for - posterity. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_got_info *g, - unsigned char tls_flag) -{ - struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; - - /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol - table. */ - if (h->dynindx == -1) - { - switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) - { - case STV_INTERNAL: - case STV_HIDDEN: - _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE); - break; - } - if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */ - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - entry.abfd = abfd; - entry.symndx = -1; - entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - entry.tls_type = 0; - - loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, - INSERT); - - /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't - need to do it again. */ - if (*loc) - { - (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; - return TRUE; - } - - *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); - - if (! *loc) - return FALSE; - - entry.gotidx = -1; - entry.tls_type = tls_flag; - - memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); - - if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE) - return TRUE; - - /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that - there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the - generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */ - if (tls_flag == 0) - h->got.offset = 1; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol - SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend, - struct mips_got_info *g, - unsigned char tls_flag) -{ - struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; - - entry.abfd = abfd; - entry.symndx = symndx; - entry.d.addend = addend; - entry.tls_type = tls_flag; - loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) - htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT); - - if (*loc) - { - if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)) - { - g->tls_gotno += 2; - (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; - } - else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) - { - g->tls_gotno += 1; - (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; - } - return TRUE; - } - - if (tls_flag != 0) - { - entry.gotidx = -1; - entry.tls_type = tls_flag; - if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE) - g->tls_gotno += 1; - else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD) - g->tls_gotno += 2; - else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE) - { - g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO; - g->tls_gotno += 2; - } - } - else - { - entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++; - entry.tls_type = 0; - } - - *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); - - if (! *loc) - return FALSE; - - memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */ - -static hashval_t -mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) -{ - const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry - = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_; - - return entry->bfd->id; -} - -/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */ - -static int -mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) -{ - const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1 - = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1; - const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2 - = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2; - - return e1->bfd == e2->bfd; -} - -/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must - be the master GOT data. */ - -static struct mips_got_info * -mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) -{ - struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p; - - if (! g->bfd2got) - return g; - - e.bfd = ibfd; - p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e); - return p ? p->g : NULL; -} - -/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global - got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each - bfd requires. */ - -static int -mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; - htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot; - void **bfdgotp; - - /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if - none exists. */ - bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd; - bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT); - bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp; - - if (bfdgot != NULL) - g = bfdgot->g; - else - { - bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc - (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); - - if (bfdgot == NULL) - { - arg->obfd = 0; - return 0; - } - - *bfdgotp = bfdgot; - - bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd; - bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *) - bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); - if (g == NULL) - { - arg->obfd = 0; - return 0; - } - - g->global_gotsym = NULL; - g->global_gotno = 0; - g->local_gotno = 0; - g->assigned_gotno = -1; - g->tls_gotno = 0; - g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; - g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; - g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL); - if (g->got_entries == NULL) - { - arg->obfd = 0; - return 0; - } - - g->bfd2got = NULL; - g->next = NULL; - } - - /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */ - entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT); - if (*entryp != NULL) - return 1; - - *entryp = entry; - - if (entry->tls_type) - { - if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) - g->tls_gotno += 2; - if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) - g->tls_gotno += 1; - } - else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local) - ++g->local_gotno; - else - ++g->global_gotno; - - return 1; -} - -/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much - as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit - dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global - symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got, - attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got - and then make make the new got current. */ - -static int -mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p) -{ - struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got - = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_; - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; - unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno; - unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno; - unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno; - unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count; - bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE; - - /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals - for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be - sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that - case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */ - if (tcount > 0) - { - unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count; - if (primary_total * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (bfd2got->bfd) - >= MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (arg->info)) - too_many_for_tls = TRUE; - } - - /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as - a starting point for the primary GOT. */ - if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt - && ! too_many_for_tls) - { - arg->primary = bfd2got->g; - arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount; - } - /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of - the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we - don't have to squeeze it too hard. */ - else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls - && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt) - { - struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; - int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno; - int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno; - int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno; - - bfd2got->g = arg->primary; - - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, - mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, - arg); - if (arg->obfd == NULL) - return 0; - - htab_delete (g->got_entries); - /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual - got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash - table anyway. */ - - BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno); - BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno); - BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno); - - arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno - + arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno; - } - /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */ - else if (arg->current - && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt) - { - struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; - int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno; - int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno; - int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno; - - bfd2got->g = arg->current; - - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, - mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, - arg); - if (arg->obfd == NULL) - return 0; - - htab_delete (g->got_entries); - - BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno); - BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno); - BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno); - - arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno - + arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno; - } - /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it - fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation - overflows anyway. */ - else - { - bfd2got->g->next = arg->current; - arg->current = bfd2got->g; - - arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field - is null iff there is just a single GOT. */ - -static int -mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; - struct mips_got_info *g = p; - bfd_vma next_index; - - /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */ - if (entry->tls_type == 0) - return 1; - - next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno; - - if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) - { - /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's - hash table entry to track its index. */ - if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE) - return 1; - entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE; - entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index; - } - else - { - if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) - { - /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd - that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in - a GOT resolve to the same index. */ - if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset; - return 1; - } - g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index; - } - entry->gotidx = next_index; - } - - /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */ - if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) - g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2; - if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) - g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1; - - return 1; -} - -/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used - to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary - got) to the given VALUE. - - If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must - not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of - the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the - global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the - first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size - of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a - dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is - marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function - stub. */ -static int -mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; - struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg - = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p; - struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g; - - if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL) - arg->needed_relocs += - mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, - entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL); - - if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1 - && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1 - && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL) - { - if (g) - { - BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL); - - entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++; - if (arg->info->shared - || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created - && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic - && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular)) - ++arg->needed_relocs; - } - else - entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value; - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over - as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */ -static int -mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; - - if (entry->abfd != NULL - && entry->symndx == -1 - && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1) - entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE; - - return 1; -} - -/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry - points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer - to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may - modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate - we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so - the traversal must be restarted. */ -static int -mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p) -{ - struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; - htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p; - - if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h; - - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - if (entry->d.h == h) - return 1; - - entry->d.h = h; - - /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert - it, and get the traversal restarted. */ - if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry)) - { - htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp); - entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT); - if (! *entryp) - *entryp = entry; - /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have - moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the - process. */ - *(htab_t *)p = NULL; - return 0; - } - /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's - either too early or too late for that at this point. */ - } - - return 1; -} - -/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final - locations. */ -static void -mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g) -{ - htab_t got_entries; - - do - { - got_entries = g->got_entries; - - htab_traverse (got_entries, - mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry, - &got_entries); - } - while (got_entries == NULL); -} - -/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of - the primary GOT. */ -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) -{ - if (g->bfd2got == NULL) - return 0; - - g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); - if (! g) - return 0; - - BFD_ASSERT (g->next); - - g = g->next; - - return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno) - * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); -} - -/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into - a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got, - bfd_size_type pages) -{ - struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg; - struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; - struct mips_got_info *gg; - unsigned int assign; - - g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL); - if (g->bfd2got == NULL) - return FALSE; - - got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got; - got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd; - got_per_bfd_arg.info = info; - - /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a - map from bfd to got info while at that. */ - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg); - if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) - return FALSE; - - got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL; - got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL; - /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could - compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd - uses, but it's probably not worth it. */ - got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info) - / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) - - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info) - pages); - /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT. - See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more - information. */ - got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno; - - /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they - don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them - to be the primary GOT. */ - htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg); - if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */ - if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL) - { - g->next = (struct mips_got_info *) - bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); - if (g->next == NULL) - return FALSE; - - g->next->global_gotsym = NULL; - g->next->global_gotno = 0; - g->next->local_gotno = 0; - g->next->tls_gotno = 0; - g->next->assigned_gotno = 0; - g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; - g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; - g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, - NULL); - if (g->next->got_entries == NULL) - return FALSE; - g->next->bfd2got = NULL; - } - else - g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary; - g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current; - - /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */ - gg = g; - g = g->next; - - /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going - to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we - didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it. - We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the - list. */ - { - struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot; - void **bfdgotp; - - bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc - (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); - - if (bfdgot == NULL) - return FALSE; - - bfdgot->bfd = abfd; - bfdgot->g = g; - bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT); - - BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL); - *bfdgotp = bfdgot; - } - - /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced - in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so - arrange for them to appear after those that are actually - referenced. - - GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down - the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic - symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from - the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT - helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux - follows IRIX's practice. - - The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count - global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with - an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where - the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is - preserved. */ - if (1) - { - gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno; - g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno; - set_got_offset_arg.value = 2; - } - else - { - /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize - symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use - primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined. - With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global - symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that - their entries can be omitted. */ - gg->assigned_gotno = 0; - set_got_offset_arg.value = -1; - } - - /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior - depends on the setting of VALUE). */ - set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL; - htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, - &set_got_offset_arg); - set_got_offset_arg.value = 1; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, - &set_got_offset_arg); - if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) - return FALSE; - - /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges. - [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local - entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by - adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make - it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the - beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To - avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving - assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links, - we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of - global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial - offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT - will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it - points back to the master GOT. */ - gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno; - gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno; - gg->tls_gotno = 0; - assign = 0; - gg->next = gg; - - do - { - struct mips_got_info *gn; - - assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); - g->assigned_gotno = assign; - g->local_gotno += assign + pages; - assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno; - - /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed - list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after - this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ - gn = g->next; - g->next = gg->next; - gg->next = g; - - /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after - all non-TLS entries. */ - g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); - - /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */ - g = gn; - - /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for - stubs. */ - if (g) - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL); - } - while (g); - - got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno - + gg->next->global_gotno - + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); - - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with - RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */ - -static const Elf_Internal_Rela * -mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) -{ - while (relocation < relend) - { - if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type) - return relocation; - - ++relocation; - } - - /* We didn't find it. */ - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return NULL; -} - -/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - asection **local_sections, - bfd_boolean check_forced) -{ - unsigned long r_symndx; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - size_t extsymoff; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff) - return TRUE; - if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL) - return TRUE; - - if (check_forced) - { - /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol - was forced local. */ - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; - /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - if (h->root.forced_local) - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - -/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */ - -bfd_vma -_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits) -{ - if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1))) - /* VALUE is negative. */ - value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits; - - return value; -} - -/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum - range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of - BITS. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits) -{ - bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value; - - if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1) - /* The value is too big. */ - return TRUE; - else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1))) - /* The value is too small. */ - return TRUE; - - /* All is well. */ - return FALSE; -} - -/* Calculate the %high function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value) -{ - return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; -} - -/* Calculate the %higher function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff; -#else - abort (); - return MINUS_ONE; -#endif -} - -/* Calculate the %highest function. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#ifdef BFD64 - return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff; -#else - abort (); - return MINUS_ONE; -#endif -} - -/* Create the .compact_rel section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section - (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL) - { - flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED - | SEC_READONLY); - - s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - - s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd_boolean maybe_exclude) -{ - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd_size_type amt; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - - /* This function may be called more than once. */ - s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); - if (s) - { - if (! maybe_exclude) - s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); - - if (maybe_exclude) - flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - - /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded - in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */ - s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) - return FALSE; - - /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the - linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we - are not creating a global offset table. */ - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, - 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h; - - if (info->shared - && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info); - g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); - if (g == NULL) - return FALSE; - g->global_gotsym = NULL; - g->global_gotno = 0; - g->tls_gotno = 0; - g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); - g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); - g->bfd2got = NULL; - g->next = NULL; - g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; - g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash, - mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL); - if (g->got_entries == NULL) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g; - mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags - |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - - /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", - SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS - | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); - if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) - return FALSE; - - htab->sgotplt = s; - } - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or - __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for - shared objects; they are not used in executables. */ - -static bfd_boolean -is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks - && info->shared - && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0 - || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0)); -} - -/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from - the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this - RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored. - - The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP. - REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this - relocation must be JALX. - - This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no - further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if - something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an - overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */ - -static bfd_reloc_status_type -mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd, - asection *input_section, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto, - Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep, - const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp, - bfd_boolean save_addend) -{ - /* The eventual value we will return. */ - bfd_vma value; - /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is - occurring. */ - bfd_vma symbol = 0; - /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or - shared object file being produced. */ - bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE; - /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being - relocated. */ - bfd_vma p; - /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */ - bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE; - /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of - the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides - during execution. */ - bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE; - /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is - located. */ - asection *sec = NULL; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local - symbol. */ - bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */ - bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE; - /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is - "__gnu_local_gp". */ - bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - size_t extsymoff; - unsigned long r_symndx; - int r_type; - /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the - relocation value. */ - bfd_boolean overflowed_p; - /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */ - bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - bfd *dynobj; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - - /* Parse the relocation. */ - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - p = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset); - - /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */ - overflowed_p = FALSE; - - /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset - used in the array of hash table entries. */ - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; - local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, - local_sections, FALSE); - was_local_p = local_p; - if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) - extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - else - { - /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols - must come before globals. */ - extsymoff = 0; - } - - /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */ - if (local_p) - { - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; - - sym = local_syms + r_symndx; - sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; - - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION - || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)) - symbol += sym->st_value; - if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) - && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - { - addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend); - addend -= symbol; - addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - } - - /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */ - if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) - ++symbol; - - /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ - *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, - symtab_hdr->sh_link, - sym->st_name); - if (*namep == '\0') - *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); - - target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16); - } - else - { - /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */ - - /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */ - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); - /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ - *namep = h->root.root.root.string; - - /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a - symbol must always be a global symbol. */ - if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0 - && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) - { - /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with - R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */ - if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16 - && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - - gp_disp_p = TRUE; - } - /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a - symbol must always be a global symbol. */ - else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0) - gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE; - - - /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that - _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the - linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not - its defined. */ - else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.root.u.def.section) - { - sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sec->output_section) - symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sec->output_section->vma - + sec->output_offset); - else - symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value; - } - else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving - it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions - and check to see if they exist by looking at their - addresses. */ - symbol = 0; - else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE - && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) - symbol = 0; - else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd) - ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) - { - /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a - _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol - in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections. - Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0. - FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table - somehow as well. */ - BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared); - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL); - symbol = 0; - } - else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other)) - { - /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the - ELF spec. Ignore it for now. - XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols - than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now. - For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification" - which is available from here: - http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */ - symbol = 0; - } - else - { - if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) - (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd, - input_section, relocation->r_offset, - (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR) - || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))) - return bfd_reloc_undefined; - symbol = 0; - } - - target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16); - } - - /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we - need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in* - a stub. */ - if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable - && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL) - || (local_p && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL - && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) - && !mips_elf_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section)) - { - /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should - have already noticed that we were going to need the - stub. */ - if (local_p) - sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx]; - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub); - sec = h->fn_stub; - } - - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - } - /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we - need to redirect the call to the stub. */ - else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable - && h != NULL - && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL) - && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) - { - /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure - out which one to use by seeing which one appears in the input - file. */ - if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL) - { - asection *o; - - sec = NULL; - for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if (strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o), - CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) - { - sec = h->call_fp_stub; - break; - } - } - if (sec == NULL) - sec = h->call_stub; - } - else if (h->call_stub != NULL) - sec = h->call_stub; - else - sec = h->call_fp_stub; - - BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0); - symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - } - - /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the - special jalx instruction. */ - *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable - && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) - || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))); - - local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, - local_sections, TRUE); - - /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value, - and we're going to need it, get it now. */ - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't - bind locally. */ - local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1); - if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST) - break; - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) - { - g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, - sec, 0, 0, NULL, r_type); - if (g == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - } - else if (!local_p) - { - /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt - entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */ - if (htab->is_vxworks - && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); - BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt); - g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root); - } - else - { - /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a - GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the - symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added - as GOT_OFST. */ - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); - g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd, - &h->root, r_type, info); - if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL - && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created - || (info->shared - && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local) - && h->root.def_regular))) - { - /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The - symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local. - We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */ - asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g); - } - } - } - else if (!htab->is_vxworks - && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16))) - /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */ - break; - else - { - g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, - symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type); - if (g == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - } - - /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */ - g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g); - break; - - case R_MIPS_HI16: - case R_MIPS_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - case R_MIPS_LITERAL: - case R_MIPS16_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_GPREL: - gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); - gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd); - if (dynobj) - gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL), - input_bfd); - break; - - default: - break; - } - - if (gnu_local_gp_p) - symbol = gp; - - /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ - symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */ - if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root)) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - bfd_byte *loc; - asection *s; - - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset); - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type); - outrel.r_addend = addend; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); - *valuep = 0; - return bfd_reloc_ok; - } - - /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */ - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_NONE: - return bfd_reloc_continue; - - case R_MIPS_16: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - if ((info->shared - || (!htab->is_vxworks - && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created - && h != NULL - && h->root.def_dynamic - && !h->root.def_regular)) - && r_symndx != 0 - && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is - against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know - where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation - record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic - linker. - - In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols - are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's - no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ - value = addend; - if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd, - info, - relocation, - h, - sec, - symbol, - &value, - input_section)) - return bfd_reloc_undefined; - } - else - { - if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) - value = symbol + addend; - else - value = addend; - } - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC32: - value = symbol + addend - p; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS16_26: - /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an - R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into - the output file that's different. That's handled in - mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the - R_MIPS_26 case here. */ - case R_MIPS_26: - if (local_p) - value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2; - else - { - value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2; - if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) - overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28); - } - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: - value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info)) - & howto->dst_mask); - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: - value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: - value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info)) - & howto->dst_mask); - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: - value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HI16: - case R_MIPS16_HI16: - if (!gp_disp_p) - { - value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - } - else - { - /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence - 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp) - 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp) - 8: sll $v0,16 - 12: addu $v0,$v1 - 14: move $gp,$v0 - So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the - $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce - both reloc addends by 4. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) - value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4); - else - value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_LO16: - case R_MIPS16_LO16: - if (!gp_disp_p) - value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask; - else - { - /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason - for this conditional. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16) - value = addend + gp - p; - else - value = addend + gp - p + 4; - /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation - for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against - _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload - pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like - this: - - lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) - addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) - addu $gp,$gp,$t9 - - Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, - as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 - relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the - R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. - Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do - not check for overflow here. */ - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_LITERAL: - /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this - just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge - shared literals, and then we will need to additional work - here. */ - - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS16_GPREL: - /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as - R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different - order. We don't need to do anything special here; the - differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */ - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the - instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone, - otherwise we may lose significant bits. */ - if (howto->partial_inplace) - addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); - value = symbol + addend - gp; - /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will - have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate - for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this - link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied - to them before. */ - if (was_local_p) - value += gp0; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for - R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p) - { - bfd_boolean forced; - - forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, - local_sections, FALSE); - value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, - symbol + addend, forced); - if (value == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - value - = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - } - - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - got_disp: - value = g; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp); - if (!save_addend) - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC16: - case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2: - value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18); - value = (value >> 2) & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically. - The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations - differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */ - value = g; - value = mips_elf_high (value); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - value = g & howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay - to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to - 0. */ - if (! local_p) - goto got_disp; - value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, - symbol + addend, NULL); - if (value == MINUS_ONE) - return bfd_reloc_outofrange; - value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - if (local_p) - mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, - symbol + addend, &value); - else - value = addend; - overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); - break; - - case R_MIPS_SUB: - value = symbol - addend; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HIGHER: - value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: - value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol); - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP: - value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset; - value &= howto->dst_mask; - break; - - case R_MIPS_JALR: - /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize - it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize - branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */ - if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) - return bfd_reloc_continue; - value = symbol + addend; - break; - - case R_MIPS_PJUMP: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - /* We don't do anything with these at present. */ - return bfd_reloc_continue; - - default: - /* An unrecognized relocation type. */ - return bfd_reloc_notsupported; - } - - /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */ - *valuep = value; - return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok; -} - -/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */ - -static bfd_vma -mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents) -{ - bfd_vma x; - bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset; - - /* Obtain the bytes. */ - x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location); - - return x; -} - -/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the - VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the - appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the - relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used - for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is - unconditionally converted to JALX. - - Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info, - reloc_howto_type *howto, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, - bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd, - asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, - bfd_boolean require_jalx) -{ - bfd_vma x; - bfd_byte *location; - int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); - - /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */ - location = contents + relocation->r_offset; - - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location); - - /* Obtain the current value. */ - x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents); - - /* Clear the field we are setting. */ - x &= ~howto->dst_mask; - - /* Set the field. */ - x |= (value & howto->dst_mask); - - /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */ - if (require_jalx) - { - bfd_boolean ok; - bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26; - bfd_vma jalx_opcode; - - /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) - { - ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7)); - jalx_opcode = 0x7; - } - else - { - ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d)); - jalx_opcode = 0x1d; - } - - /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */ - if (!ok) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"), - input_bfd, - input_section, - (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - /* Make this the JALX opcode. */ - x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); - } - - /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch - prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we - see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this - transformation should be safe for all architectures. */ - if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000 - && !info->relocatable - && !require_jalx - && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */ - || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */ - { - bfd_vma addr; - bfd_vma dest; - bfd_signed_vma off; - - addr = (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset - + relocation->r_offset - + 4); - if (r_type == R_MIPS_26) - dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28); - else - dest = value; - off = dest - addr; - if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000) - x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */ - } - - /* Put the value into the output. */ - bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location); - - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable, - location); - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section) -{ - const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section); - - return (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0); -} - -/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */ - -static void -mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - unsigned int n) -{ - asection *s; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd); - else - { - if (s->size == 0) - { - /* Make room for a null element. */ - s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); - ++s->reloc_count; - } - s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); - } -} - -/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL - is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a - dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the - caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, - asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol, - bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3]; - asection *sreloc; - bfd *dynobj; - int r_type; - long indx; - bfd_boolean defined_p; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd) - < sreloc->size); - - outrel[0].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset); - outrel[1].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset); - outrel[2].r_offset = - _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset); - - if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE) - /* The relocation field has been deleted. */ - return TRUE; - - if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO) - { - /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of - some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect - the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */ - *addendp += symbol; - return TRUE; - } - - /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use - in the relocation. */ - if (h != NULL - && (!h->root.def_regular - || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local))) - { - indx = h->root.dynindx; - if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - defined_p = h->root.def_regular; - else - /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the - relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against - defined symbols in the same way as relocs against - undefined symbols. */ - defined_p = FALSE; - } - else - { - if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) - indx = 0; - else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - else - { - indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; - if (indx == 0) - abort (); - } - - /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section - symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative - relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to - local symbols because we used to generate them - incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value, - which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In - order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to - phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting - section-relative relocations. It's not like they're - useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient - as well. */ - /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so, - the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have - a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations - against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */ - if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - indx = 0; - defined_p = TRUE; - } - - /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and - this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must - adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table. - Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */ - if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) - *addendp += symbol; - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */ - outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32); - else - /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't - know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */ - outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx, - R_MIPS_REL32); - - /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should - generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the - _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as - a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all). - However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic - loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these - artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true, - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so - as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per - invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an - additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a - NULL symbol before this relocation record. */ - outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, - ABI_64_P (output_bfd) - ? R_MIPS_64 - : R_MIPS_NONE); - outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE); - - /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the - correct location in the output file. */ - outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - - /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special - relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit - relocation format is non-standard. */ - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - { - (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); - } - else if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */ - outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents - + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); - } - else - bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out - (output_bfd, &outrel[0], - (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); - - /* We've now added another relocation. */ - ++sreloc->reloc_count; - - /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker - will be writing to it. */ - elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags - |= SHF_WRITE; - - /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5) - { - asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); - bfd_byte *cr; - - if (scpt) - { - Elf32_crinfo cptrel; - - mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG); - cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset - + input_section->output_section->vma - + input_section->output_offset); - if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32) - mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32); - else - mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD); - mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0); - cptrel.konst = *addendp; - - cr = (scpt->contents - + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); - mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0); - bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel, - ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr - + scpt->reloc_count)); - ++scpt->reloc_count; - } - } - - /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, - we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the - DT_TEXTREL tag. */ - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */ - -unsigned long -_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags) -{ - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) - { - case E_MIPS_MACH_3900: - return bfd_mach_mips3900; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4010: - return bfd_mach_mips4010; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4100: - return bfd_mach_mips4100; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4111: - return bfd_mach_mips4111; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4120: - return bfd_mach_mips4120; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_4650: - return bfd_mach_mips4650; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_5400: - return bfd_mach_mips5400; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_5500: - return bfd_mach_mips5500; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_9000: - return bfd_mach_mips9000; - - case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: - return bfd_mach_mips_sb1; - - default: - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) - { - default: - case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: - return bfd_mach_mips3000; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: - return bfd_mach_mips6000; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: - return bfd_mach_mips4000; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: - return bfd_mach_mips8000; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: - return bfd_mach_mips5; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa32; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa64; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2; - break; - - case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: - return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2; - break; - } - } - - return 0; -} - -/* Return printable name for ABI. */ - -static INLINE char * -elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd) -{ - flagword flags; - - flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags; - switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) - { - case 0: - if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) - return "N32"; - else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) - return "64"; - else - return "none"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_O32: - return "O32"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_O64: - return "O64"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: - return "EABI32"; - case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: - return "EABI64"; - default: - return "unknown abi"; - } -} - -/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the - other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept - together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields - faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common - section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */ -static asection mips_elf_scom_section; -static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol; -static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; - -/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an - allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a - definition in a shared library. */ -static asection mips_elf_acom_section; -static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol; -static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; - -/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. - This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym) -{ - elf_symbol_type *elfsym; - - elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; - switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) - { - case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: - /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file. - It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can - either resolve these symbols to something in a shared - library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes, - we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */ - if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL) - { - /* Initialize the acommon section. */ - mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon"; - mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC; - mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; - mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon"; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; - } - asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section; - break; - - case SHN_COMMON: - /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically - treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */ - if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd) - || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - break; - /* Fall through. */ - case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: - if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL) - { - /* Initialize the small common section. */ - mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon"; - mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON; - mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; - mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon"; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; - mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; - } - asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section; - asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: - asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: - { - asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text"); - - BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); - if (section != NULL) - { - asym->section = section; - /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset - to the base of the .text section. So substract the section - base address to make it an offset. */ - asym->value -= section->vma; - } - } - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_DATA: - { - asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data"); - - BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); - if (section != NULL) - { - asym->section = section; - /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset - to the base of the .data section. So substract the section - base address to make it an offset. */ - asym->value -= section->vma; - } - } - break; - } -} - -/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from - the default in the way it handles EABI64. - - EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what - -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has - historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32, - and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time. - Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses. - - If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have - an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs - in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers - have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects. - - We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the - existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want - to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects. - We therefore take the following approach: - - - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to - determine the pointer size. - - - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that - the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64. - - - Otherwise punt. - - The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0 - compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers, - the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality - routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never - used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI. - - Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no - reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never - did so. */ - -unsigned int -_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) -{ - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) - return 8; - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) - { - bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p; - - long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0; - long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0; - if (long32_p && long64_p) - return 0; - if (long32_p) - return 4; - if (long64_p) - return 8; - - if (sec->reloc_count > 0 - && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL - && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info) - == R_MIPS_64)) - return 8; - - return 0; - } - return 4; -} - -/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP - relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the - same address. For example, if we have code like: - - lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp) - lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp) - jalr $25 - - then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program - will jump there rather than to .text. - - We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols. - This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd) -{ - return SGI_COMPAT (abfd); -} - -/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is - used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize - sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be - a better way. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr) -{ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO - && hdr->sh_size > 0) - { - bfd_byte buf[4]; - - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL); - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4, - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) - return FALSE; - } - - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS - && hdr->bfd_section != NULL - && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL - && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL) - { - bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; - - /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the - set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents - so that we don't have to read them again. - At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look - through the section contents to see if there is an - ODK_REGINFO structure. */ - - contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata; - l = contents; - lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; - while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) - { - Elf_Internal_Options intopt; - - bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, - &intopt); - if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), - abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); - break; - } - if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - bfd_byte buf[8]; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - (hdr->sh_offset - + (l - contents) - + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) - + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)), - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8) - return FALSE; - } - else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - bfd_byte buf[4]; - - if (bfd_seek (abfd, - (hdr->sh_offset - + (l - contents) - + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) - + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)), - SEEK_SET) != 0) - return FALSE; - H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); - if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) - return FALSE; - } - l += intopt.size; - } - } - - if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) - { - const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section); - - if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_flags = 0; - hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0) - { - if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0) - { - unsigned int adjust; - - adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign; - if (adjust != 0) - hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust; - } - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This - is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. - This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. - - FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure - how to. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, - Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, - const char *name, - int shindex) -{ - flagword flags = 0; - - /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but - at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the - sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives - suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will - probably get away with this. */ - switch (hdr->sh_type) - { - case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: - if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: - if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT: - if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: - if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_UCODE: - if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG: - if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0) - return FALSE; - flags = SEC_DEBUGGING; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO: - if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0 - || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)) - return FALSE; - flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); - break; - case SHT_MIPS_IFACE: - if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: - if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS: - if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_DWARF: - if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: - if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: - if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) != 0 - && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", - sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) != 0) - return FALSE; - break; - default: - break; - } - - if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) - return FALSE; - - if (flags) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, - (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, - hdr->bfd_section) - | flags))) - return FALSE; - } - - /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */ - - /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information - from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while - processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section - is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) - { - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - Elf32_RegInfo s; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, - &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s); - elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value; - } - - /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and - set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both - SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case, - they should agree. */ - if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) - { - bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; - - contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); - if (contents == NULL) - return FALSE; - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, - 0, hdr->sh_size)) - { - free (contents); - return FALSE; - } - l = contents; - lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; - while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) - { - Elf_Internal_Options intopt; - - bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, - &intopt); - if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), - abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); - break; - } - if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg; - - bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in - (abfd, - ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *) - (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), - &intreg); - elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; - } - else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) - { - Elf32_RegInfo intreg; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in - (abfd, - ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *) - (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), - &intreg); - elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; - } - l += intopt.size; - } - free (contents); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the - section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is - used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec) -{ - register const char *name; - unsigned int sh_type; - - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); - sh_type = hdr->sh_type; - - if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST; - hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib); - /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0) - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT; - else if (strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB; - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0) - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE; - else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG; - /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an - entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - hdr->sh_entsize = 0; - else - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; - /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an - entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); - else - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - } - else - hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)) - { - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - hdr->sh_entsize = 0; -#if 0 - /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */ - hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; -#endif - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0 - || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0) - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL; - else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - } - else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", strlen (".MIPS.content")) == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS; - hdr->sh_entsize = 1; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - } - else if (strncmp (name, ".debug_", sizeof ".debug_" - 1) == 0) - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF; - else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB; - /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in - final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", - sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; - /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ - } - else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) - { - hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM; - hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; - hdr->sh_entsize = 8; - } - - /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its - special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the - "--only-keep-debug" option. */ - if (sec->size > 0 && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) - hdr->sh_type = sh_type; - - /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default - kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the - non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use - these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections. - Thus we create those header only on demand now. */ - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section - index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. - Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these, - but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least - the .scommon section. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *sec, int *retval) -{ - if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0) - { - *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; - return TRUE; - } - if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0) - { - *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON; - return TRUE; - } - return FALSE; -} - -/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object - file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep, - flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) -{ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 - && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0) - { - /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */ - *namep = NULL; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as - a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp - by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is - a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition - of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this - is not done for them. */ - if (!NEWABI_P(abfd) - && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0)) - { - *namep = NULL; - return TRUE; - } - - switch (sym->st_shndx) - { - case SHN_COMMON: - /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically - treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */ - if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd) - || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - break; - /* Fall through. */ - case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: - *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon"); - (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON; - *valp = sym->st_size; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: - /* This section is used in a shared object. */ - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL) - { - asymbol *elf_text_symbol; - asection *elf_text_section; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); - - elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_text_section == NULL) - return FALSE; - - amt = sizeof (asymbol); - elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_text_symbol == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Initialize the section. */ - - elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section; - elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol; - - elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol; - elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol; - - elf_text_section->name = ".text"; - elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; - elf_text_section->output_section = NULL; - elf_text_section->owner = abfd; - elf_text_symbol->name = ".text"; - elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; - elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section; - } - /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if - info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, - so I took it out. */ - *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: - /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */ - case SHN_MIPS_DATA: - /* This section is used in a shared object. */ - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL) - { - asymbol *elf_data_symbol; - asection *elf_data_section; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); - - elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_data_section == NULL) - return FALSE; - - amt = sizeof (asymbol); - elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_data_symbol == NULL) - return FALSE; - - /* Initialize the section. */ - - elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section; - elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol; - - elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol; - elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol; - - elf_data_section->name = ".data"; - elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; - elf_data_section->output_section = NULL; - elf_data_section->owner = abfd; - elf_data_symbol->name = ".data"; - elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; - elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section; - } - /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if - info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, - so I took it out. */ - *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section; - break; - - case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: - *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr; - break; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) - && ! info->shared - && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec - && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) - { - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - - /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */ - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE, - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE; - } - - /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it - odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with - the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */ - if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) - ++*valp; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global - symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is - also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook - (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, - asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then - if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small - common in the output file. */ - if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON - && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; - - if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) - sym->st_value &= ~1; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */ - -/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; - flagword flags; - register asection *s; - const char * const *namep; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); - - /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks - EABI doesn't. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - { - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* We need to create .got section. */ - if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE)) - return FALSE; - - if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE)) - return FALSE; - - /* Create .stub section. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL) - { - s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd), - flags | SEC_CODE); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - } - - if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) - && !info->shared - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL) - { - s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map", - flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY); - if (s == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, - MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) - return FALSE; - } - - /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the - alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation - indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that - the linker takes such action. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) - { - for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++) - { - bh = NULL; - if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0, - NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_SECTION; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */ - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Change alignments of some sections. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash"); - if (s != NULL) - bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (s != NULL) - bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (s != NULL) - bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s != NULL) - bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); - if (s != NULL) - bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); - } - - if (!info->shared) - { - const char *name; - - name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING"; - bh = NULL; - if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0, - NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_SECTION; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - - if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head) - { - /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section - and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to - the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in - _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP"; - bh = NULL; - if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol - (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE, - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) - return FALSE; - - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; - h->non_elf = 0; - h->def_regular = 1; - h->type = STT_OBJECT; - - if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections. - Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */ - if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - /* Cache the sections created above. */ - htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss"); - htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss"); - htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); - htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); - if (!htab->sdynbss - || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared) - || !htab->srelplt - || !htab->splt) - abort (); - - /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */ - if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) - return FALSE; - - /* Work out the PLT sizes. */ - if (info->shared) - { - htab->plt_header_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); - htab->plt_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry); - } - else - { - htab->plt_header_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry); - htab->plt_entry_size - = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry); - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and - allocate space in the global offset table. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) -{ - const char *name; - bfd *dynobj; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; - struct mips_got_info *g; - size_t extsymoff; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; - asection *sgot; - asection *sreloc; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - if (info->relocatable) - return TRUE; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */ - - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); - if (strncmp (name, FN_STUB, sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - - /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol - this is for. */ - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff - || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) - { - asection *o; - - /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be - needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other - than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; - - /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ - if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 - || o->reloc_count == 0 - || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), FN_STUB, - sizeof FN_STUB - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_STUB, - sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, o), CALL_FP_STUB, - sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) - continue; - - sec_relocs - = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (sec_relocs == NULL) - return FALSE; - - rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; - for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) - if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx - && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26) - break; - - if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) - free (sec_relocs); - - if (r < rend) - break; - } - - if (o == NULL) - { - /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do - not need it. Since this function is called before - the linker maps input sections to output sections, we - can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE - flag. */ - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for - this BFD. */ - if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL) - { - unsigned long symcount; - asection **n; - bfd_size_type amt; - - if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) - symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); - else - symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; - amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); - n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (n == NULL) - return FALSE; - elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n; - } - - elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; - - /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. - That flag is used to see whether we need to look through - the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set - it here, because we just have a local stub. */ - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ - - h->fn_stub = sec; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; - } - } - else if (strncmp (name, CALL_STUB, sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) == 0 - || strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - asection **loc; - - /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol - this is for. */ - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff - || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) - { - /* This stub was actually built for a static symbol defined - in the same file. We assume that all static symbols in - mips16 code are themselves mips16, so we can simply - discard this stub. Since this function is called before - the linker maps input sections to output sections, we can - easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ - - if (strncmp (name, CALL_FP_STUB, sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) == 0) - loc = &h->call_fp_stub; - else - loc = &h->call_stub; - - /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we - don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since - this function is called before the linker maps input sections - to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the - SEC_EXCLUDE flag. We can also discard this section if we - happen to already know that this is a mips16 function; it is - not necessary to check this here, as it is checked later, but - it is slightly faster to check now. */ - if (*loc != NULL || h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) - { - sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - return TRUE; - } - - *loc = sec; - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; - } - - if (dynobj == NULL) - { - sgot = NULL; - g = NULL; - } - else - { - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - if (sgot == NULL) - g = NULL; - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); - g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - } - } - - sreloc = NULL; - bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel) - { - unsigned long r_symndx; - unsigned int r_type; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info); - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); - - if (r_symndx < extsymoff) - h = NULL; - else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"), - abfd, name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - else - { - h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]; - - /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */ - if (h != NULL) - { - while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) - h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; - } - } - - /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ - if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL) - { - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - if (dynobj == NULL) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE)) - return FALSE; - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); - if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"), - abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols - are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's - no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ - if (dynobj == NULL - && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) - && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - break; - - default: - break; - } - } - - if (h) - { - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE; - - /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and - __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate - room for them in .rela.dyn. */ - if (is_gott_symbol (info, h)) - { - if (sreloc == NULL) - { - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); - if (sreloc == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); - } - } - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP - || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks)) - { - /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We - don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the - maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of - the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and - R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations - always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or - R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an - R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */ - if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, - rel->r_addend, g, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - - switch (r_type) - { - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - if (h == NULL) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"), - abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - if (h != NULL) - { - /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt - entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol. - Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks - && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) - return FALSE; - - /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined - function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See - _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ - h->needs_plt = 1; - h->type = STT_FUNC; - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will - decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */ - if (h == NULL) - break; - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - hmips->root.root.u.i.link; - - if (hmips->root.def_regular - && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic - && ! hmips->root.forced_local)) - break; - } - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) - return FALSE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: - if (info->shared) - info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; - /* Fall through */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: - if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) - { - r_symndx = 0; - h = NULL; - } - /* Fall through */ - - case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: - /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two - for TLS GD relocations. */ - { - unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD - ? GOT_TLS_GD - : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM - ? GOT_TLS_LDM - : GOT_TLS_IE); - if (h != NULL) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = - (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - hmips->tls_type |= flag; - - if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag)) - return FALSE; - } - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0); - - if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, - rel->r_addend, g, flag)) - return FALSE; - } - } - break; - - case R_MIPS_32: - case R_MIPS_REL32: - case R_MIPS_64: - /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols - are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's - no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */ - if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) - && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - if (sreloc == NULL) - { - sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); - if (sreloc == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - if (info->shared) - { - /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these - reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32 - relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */ - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) - /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are - relocations against the text segment. */ - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - - /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is - defined in a dynamic object. */ - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; - if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) - /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there - are relocations against the text segment. */ - hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; - } - - /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for - this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol - table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are - dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply - to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling - between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */ - if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) - { - if (dynobj == NULL) - elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; - if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE)) - return FALSE; - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); - if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += - sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); - break; - - case R_MIPS_PC16: - if (h) - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; - break; - - case R_MIPS_26: - if (h) - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; - /* Fall through. */ - - case R_MIPS_GPREL16: - case R_MIPS_LITERAL: - case R_MIPS_GPREL32: - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += - sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); - break; - - /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. - Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) - return FALSE; - break; - - /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually - used. Record for later use during GC. */ - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) - return FALSE; - break; - - default: - break; - } - - /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations - related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to - VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of - a normal .got entry. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL) - switch (r_type) - { - default: - ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE; - break; - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_JALR: - break; - } - - /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global - symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one. - References from a stub section do not count. */ - if (h != NULL - && r_type != R_MIPS16_26 - && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), FN_STUB, - sizeof FN_STUB - 1) != 0 - && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_STUB, - sizeof CALL_STUB - 1) != 0 - && strncmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), CALL_FP_STUB, - sizeof CALL_FP_STUB - 1) != 0) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; - - mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info, - bfd_boolean *again) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; - Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - bfd_byte *contents = NULL; - size_t extsymoff; - bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE; - bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; - Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; - - /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */ - *again = FALSE; - - if (link_info->relocatable) - return TRUE; - - internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL, - link_info->keep_memory); - if (internal_relocs == NULL) - return TRUE; - - irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count - * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; - - for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) - { - bfd_vma symval; - bfd_signed_vma sym_offset; - unsigned int r_type; - unsigned long r_symndx; - asection *sym_sec; - unsigned long instruction; - - /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked - with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to. - This saves some pipeline bubbles. */ - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info); - if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR) - continue; - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info); - /* Compute the address of the jump target. */ - if (r_symndx >= extsymoff) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h - = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) - elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); - - while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; - - /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden, - skip it. */ - if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) - && h->root.root.u.def.section) - || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic - && !h->root.forced_local)) - continue; - - sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; - if (sym_sec->output_section) - symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value - + sym_sec->output_section->vma - + sym_sec->output_offset); - else - symval = h->root.root.u.def.value; - } - else - { - Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; - - /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ - if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) - { - isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; - if (isymbuf == NULL) - isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, - symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, - NULL, NULL, NULL); - if (isymbuf == NULL) - goto relax_return; - } - - isym = isymbuf + r_symndx; - if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) - continue; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) - sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; - else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) - sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; - else - sym_sec - = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); - symval = isym->st_value - + sym_sec->output_section->vma - + sym_sec->output_offset; - } - - /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the - branch target. */ - sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend) - - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4); - - /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */ - if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0) - continue; - - sym_offset >>= 2; - - /* Check that it's in range. */ - if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000) - continue; - - /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */ - if (contents == NULL) - { - /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ - if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) - contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; - else - { - if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) - goto relax_return; - } - } - - instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); - - /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */ - if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809) - instruction = 0x04110000; - /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */ - else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008) - instruction = 0x10000000; - else - continue; - - instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff); - bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset); - changed_contents = TRUE; - } - - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - { - if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory) - free (contents); - else - { - /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ - elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; - } - } - return TRUE; - - relax_return: - if (contents != NULL - && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) - free (contents); - return FALSE; -} - -/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a - regular object. The current definition is in some section of the - dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to - change the definition to something the rest of the link can - understand. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - asection *s; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL - && (h->needs_plt - || h->u.weakdef != NULL - || (h->def_dynamic - && h->ref_regular - && !h->def_regular))); - - /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy - any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output - file. */ - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - if (! info->relocatable - && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0 - && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak - || !h->def_regular)) - { - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations - (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs); - if (hmips->readonly_reloc) - /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations - against the text segment. */ - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - } - - /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */ - if (! hmips->no_fn_stub - && h->needs_plt) - { - if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - return TRUE; - - /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set - the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make - function pointers compare as equal between the normal - executable and the shared library. */ - if (!h->def_regular) - { - /* We need .stub section. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - h->root.u.def.section = s; - h->root.u.def.value = s->size; - - /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */ - h->plt.offset = s->size; - - /* Make room for this stub code. */ - s->size += htab->function_stub_size; - - /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index - of this symbol in .dynsym section. */ - return TRUE; - } - } - else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC) - && !h->needs_plt) - { - /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and - the dynamic linker will take care of this. */ - h->root.u.def.value = 0; - return TRUE; - } - - /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the - processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the - real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ - if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; - h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; - return TRUE; - } - - /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which - is not a function. */ - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - unsigned int power_of_two; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; - - /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL - && (h->needs_plt - || h->needs_copy - || h->u.weakdef != NULL - || (h->def_dynamic - && h->ref_regular - && !h->def_regular))); - - /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if - either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an - executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter - case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's - load stub. */ - if ((hmips->is_branch_target - || (!info->shared - && h->type == STT_FUNC - && hmips->is_relocation_target)) - && h->def_dynamic - && h->ref_regular - && !h->def_regular - && !h->forced_local) - h->needs_plt = 1; - - /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to - the functions directly. */ - else if (h->needs_plt - && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) - || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT - && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) - { - h->needs_plt = 0; - return TRUE; - } - - if (h->needs_plt) - { - /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room - for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */ - if (htab->splt->size == 0) - { - htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size; - if (!info->shared) - htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - } - - /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */ - h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size; - htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size; - - /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the - symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables, - point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub; - this stub will become the canonical function address. */ - if (!h->def_regular) - { - h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt; - h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; - if (!info->shared) - h->root.u.def.value += 8; - } - - /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */ - htab->sgotplt->size += 4; - htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */ - if (!info->shared) - htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - return TRUE; - } - - /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not - need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */ - if (h->type == STT_FUNC - && h->def_dynamic - && h->ref_regular - && !h->def_regular) - { - h->root.u.def.value = 0; - return TRUE; - } - - /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the - processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the - real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ - if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined - || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); - h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; - h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; - return TRUE; - } - - /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which - is not a function. */ - if (info->shared) - return TRUE; - - /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will - become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be - an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic - object will contain position independent code, so all references - from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global - offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to - determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so - both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the - same memory location for the variable. */ - - if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - { - htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - h->needs_copy = 1; - } - - /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */ - power_of_two = bfd_log2 (h->size); - if (power_of_two > 4) - power_of_two = 4; - - /* Apply the required alignment. */ - htab->sdynbss->size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->sdynbss->size, - (bfd_size_type) 1 << power_of_two); - if (power_of_two > bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss) - && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss, power_of_two)) - return FALSE; - - /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */ - h->root.u.def.section = htab->sdynbss; - h->root.u.def.value = htab->sdynbss->size; - - /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */ - htab->sdynbss->size += h->size; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD. - The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how - much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at - the current linking stage. */ - -static bfd_size_type -count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd_size_type count; - - count = 0; - if (info->shared) - { - asection *p; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next) - if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 - && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 - && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p)) - ++count; - } - return count; -} - -/* This function is called after all the input files have been read, - and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We - check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *ri; - - bfd *dynobj; - asection *s; - struct mips_got_info *g; - int i; - bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0; - bfd_size_type local_gotno; - bfd_size_type dynsymcount; - bfd *sub; - struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - - /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */ - ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo"); - if (ri != NULL) - bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - - if (! (info->relocatable - || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen)) - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL); - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - if (dynobj == NULL) - /* Relocatable links don't have it. */ - return TRUE; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s); - if (s == NULL) - return TRUE; - - /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That - will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries - required. */ - for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next) - { - asection *subsection; - - for (subsection = sub->sections; - subsection; - subsection = subsection->next) - { - if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) - continue; - loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf) - &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf); - } - } - - /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with - a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or - higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols - that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We - do that here. */ - if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) - return FALSE; - - if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) - i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx; - else - /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring - relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */ - i = 0; - - /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed. - At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols - and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will - be needed. */ - dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info)); - - /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */ - htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 - ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE - : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); - - /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus - one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX - rld. */ - loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1); - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16 - relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does - not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */ - local_gotno = 0; - else - /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous - sections. Is 5 enough? */ - local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5; - - g->local_gotno += local_gotno; - s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - - g->global_gotno = i; - s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - - /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point - instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting - entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */ - count_tls_arg.info = info; - count_tls_arg.needed = 0; - elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries, - &count_tls_arg); - g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed; - s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - - mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); - - /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to - __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the - dynamic loader. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)) - { - if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno)) - return FALSE; - } - else - { - /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */ - g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *s, *sreldyn; - bfd_boolean reltext; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ - if (info->executable) - { - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - s->size - = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1; - s->contents - = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd); - } - } - - /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have - determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate - memory for them. */ - reltext = FALSE; - sreldyn = NULL; - for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - { - const char *name; - - /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none - of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */ - name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s); - - if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) - continue; - - if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) == 0) - { - if (s->size != 0) - { - const char *outname; - asection *target; - - /* If this relocation section applies to a read only - section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry. - If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always - assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether - there exists a relocation to a read only section or - not. */ - outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, - s->output_section); - target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4); - if ((target != NULL - && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 - && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) - || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) - reltext = TRUE; - - /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need - to copy relocs into the output file. */ - if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0) - s->reloc_count = 0; - - /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will - sort relocations, but in a different way than we do, - and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it - will move them around between input sections' - relocation's contents, so our sorting would be - broken, so don't let it run. */ - info->combreloc = 0; - } - } - else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0) - { - /* Executables do not need a GOT. */ - if (info->shared) - { - /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */ - struct mips_got_info *g; - unsigned int count; - - g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); - count = (g->global_gotno - + g->local_gotno - - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count); - } - } - else if (!htab->is_vxworks && strncmp (name, ".got", 4) == 0) - { - /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done - most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped - to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries - hash tables. */ - struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); - struct mips_got_info *g = gg; - struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; - unsigned int needed_relocs = 0; - - if (gg->next) - { - set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - set_got_offset_arg.info = info; - - /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever - find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all - resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */ - mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg); - for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - unsigned int save_assign; - - mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); - - /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */ - save_assign = g->assigned_gotno; - g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno; - set_got_offset_arg.g = g; - set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0; - htab_traverse (g->got_entries, - mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, - &set_got_offset_arg); - needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs; - BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno - <= g->global_gotno); - - g->assigned_gotno = save_assign; - if (info->shared) - { - needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno; - BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno - + g->next->global_gotno - + g->next->tls_gotno - + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); - } - } - } - else - { - struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg; - arg.info = info; - arg.needed = 0; - - htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, - &arg); - elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs, - &arg); - - needed_relocs += arg.needed; - } - - if (needed_relocs) - mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, - needed_relocs); - } - else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0) - { - /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end - of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */ - s->size += htab->function_stub_size; - } - else if (! info->shared - && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head - && strncmp (name, ".rld_map", 8) == 0) - { - /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the - rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */ - s->size += 4; - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) - && strncmp (name, ".compact_rel", 12) == 0) - s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size; - else if (strncmp (name, ".init", 5) != 0 - && s != htab->sgotplt - && s != htab->splt) - { - /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ - continue; - } - - if (s->size == 0) - { - s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; - continue; - } - - if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) - continue; - - /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its - size above. */ - if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) - { - sreldyn = s; - continue; - } - - /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ - s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); - if (s->contents == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return FALSE; - } - } - - /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */ - if (sreldyn != NULL) - { - sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size); - if (sreldyn->contents == NULL) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the - values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we - must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for - the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the - dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ - if (! info->shared) - { - /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the - DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */ - if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0)) - return FALSE; - if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - else - { - /* Shared libraries on traditional mips have DT_DEBUG. */ - if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks)) - info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; - - if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we - write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because - at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame - absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */ - info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL; - } - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not - use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */ - if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - if (htab->splt->size > 0) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - else - { - if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) - { - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5 - && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0)) - return FALSE; - - if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6 - && (bfd_get_section_by_name - (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj))) - && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD. - Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file. - LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols - and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */ - -static void -mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) -{ - unsigned int r_type, r_symndx; - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; - asection *sec; - - if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE)) - { - r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL - || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32 - || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL) - { - rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); - rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd); - } - - r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - sym = local_syms + r_symndx; - - /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */ - if (!info->relocatable) - { - sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; - _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); - } - - /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */ - if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) - rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset; - } -} - -/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, - bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, - bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, - Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, - asection **local_sections) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; - bfd_vma addend = 0; - bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed; - - bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); - relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; - for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel) - { - const char *name; - bfd_vma value = 0; - reloc_howto_type *howto; - bfd_boolean require_jalx; - /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a - REL relocation. */ - bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE; - unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); - const char *msg; - - /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) - { - /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use - 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the - lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address - space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is - usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the - stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */ - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE); - - /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position - of the reloc. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - rel->r_offset += 4; - } - else - /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */ - howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, - NEWABI_P (input_bfd) - && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P - (input_bfd, input_section, - rel - relocs))); - - if (!use_saved_addend_p) - { - Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; - - /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety, - we must pull the addend out of the field that will be - relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the - RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation - this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's - REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */ - rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr; - if ((size_t) (rel - relocs) - >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)) - rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2; - if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd)) - { - bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset; - - /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */ - rela_relocation_p = FALSE; - - /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */ - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, - location); - addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd, - contents); - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, - location); - - addend &= howto->src_mask; - - /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a - combination of the addend stored in two different - relocations. */ - if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16 - || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 - && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, - local_sections, FALSE))) - { - bfd_vma l; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation; - reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto; - bfd_byte *lo16_location; - int lo16_type; - - if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) - lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16; - else - lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16; - - /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, - left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16 - addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does - a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of - the LO16 value.) - - Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. - - According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 - relocation must be immediately following. - However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation - may be a composed relocation consisting of - several relocations for the same address. In - that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur - as one of these. We permit a similar extension - in general, as that is useful for GCC. */ - lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, - lo16_type, - rel, relend); - if (lo16_relocation == NULL) - return FALSE; - - lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset; - - /* Obtain the addend kept there. */ - lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, - lo16_type, FALSE); - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE, - lo16_location); - l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation, - input_bfd, contents); - _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE, - lo16_location); - l &= lo16_howto->src_mask; - l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift; - l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16); - - addend <<= 16; - - /* Compute the combined addend. */ - addend += l; - } - else - addend <<= howto->rightshift; - } - else - addend = rel->r_addend; - mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, - local_syms, local_sections, rel); - } - - if (info->relocatable) - { - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd) - && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - rel->r_offset -= 4; - - if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend) - { - addend += rel->r_addend; - if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 - || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16) - addend = mips_elf_high (addend); - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER) - addend = mips_elf_higher (addend); - else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST) - addend = mips_elf_highest (addend); - else - addend >>= howto->rightshift; - - /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination - mask because the place to which we are writing will be - source of the addend in the final link. */ - addend &= howto->src_mask; - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit - ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be - possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc - but for endianness. */ - { - bfd_vma sign_bits; - bfd_vma low_bits; - bfd_vma high_bits; - - if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) -#ifdef BFD64 - sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; -#else - sign_bits = -1; -#endif - else - sign_bits = 0; - - /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, - do two separate stores. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - { - /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) - first. */ - low_bits = sign_bits; - high_bits = addend; - } - else - { - low_bits = addend; - high_bits = sign_bits; - } - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset); - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset + 4); - continue; - } - - if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend, - input_bfd, input_section, - contents, FALSE)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Go on to the next relocation. */ - continue; - } - - /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive - relocations for the same offset. In that case we are - supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend - for the next. */ - if (rel + 1 < relend - && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset - && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE) - use_saved_addend_p = TRUE; - else - use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; - - /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */ - switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd, - input_section, info, rel, - addend, howto, local_syms, - local_sections, &value, - &name, &require_jalx, - use_saved_addend_p)) - { - case bfd_reloc_continue: - /* There's nothing to do. */ - continue; - - case bfd_reloc_undefined: - /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the - undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in - trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we - just skip ahead to the next relocation. */ - continue; - - case bfd_reloc_notsupported: - msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error"); - info->callbacks->warning - (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); - return FALSE; - - case bfd_reloc_overflow: - if (use_saved_addend_p) - /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for - a given location. */ - ; - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); - if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) - (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, - input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset))) - return FALSE; - } - break; - - case bfd_reloc_ok: - break; - - default: - abort (); - break; - } - - /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going - until we reach the last one. */ - if (use_saved_addend_p) - { - addend = value; - continue; - } - - if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit - ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32; - that calculated the right value. Now, however, we - sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a - 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we - go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with - only a 32-bit VMA. */ - { - bfd_vma sign_bits; - bfd_vma low_bits; - bfd_vma high_bits; - - if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) -#ifdef BFD64 - sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; -#else - sign_bits = -1; -#endif - else - sign_bits = 0; - - /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, - do two separate stores. */ - if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) - { - /* Undo what we did above. */ - rel->r_offset -= 4; - /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) - first. */ - low_bits = sign_bits; - high_bits = value; - } - else - { - low_bits = value; - high_bits = sign_bits; - } - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset); - bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, - contents + rel->r_offset + 4); - continue; - } - - /* Actually perform the relocation. */ - if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value, - input_bfd, input_section, - contents, require_jalx)) - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker, - adjust it appropriately now. */ - -static void -mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for - these, but we must place them into the right sections. */ - static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = { - "_ftext", - "_etext", - "__dso_displacement", - "__elf_header", - "__program_header_table", - NULL - }; - - static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = { - "_fdata", - "_edata", - "_end", - "_fbss", - NULL - }; - - const char* const *p; - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) - for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols; - *p; - ++p) - if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0) - { - /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the - IRIX6 linker. */ - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - - /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */ - if (i == 0) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; - else - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - - break; - } -} - -/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various - dynamic sections here. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; - const char *name; - int idx; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE) - { - asection *s; - bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE]; - - /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */ - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) - || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff)); - - /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause - sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative - index value. */ - if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff) - return FALSE; - - /* Fill the stub. */ - idx = 0; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx); - idx += 4; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx); - idx += 4; - if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) - { - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff), - stub + idx); - idx += 4; - } - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx); - idx += 4; - - /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a - problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */ - if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); - else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); - else - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx), - stub + idx); - - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size); - memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size); - - /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs - only for the referenced symbol. */ - sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - - /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol - to reset the global offset table entry for this external - to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */ - sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset - + h->plt.offset); - } - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 - || h->forced_local); - - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); - g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all - the symbols that need them. */ - if (g->global_gotsym != NULL - && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) - { - bfd_vma offset; - bfd_vma value; - - value = sym->st_value; - offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset); - } - - if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS) - { - struct mips_got_entry e, *p; - bfd_vma entry; - bfd_vma offset; - - gg = g; - - e.abfd = output_bfd; - e.symndx = -1; - e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; - e.tls_type = 0; - - for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - if (g->got_entries - && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, - &e))) - { - offset = p->gotidx; - if (info->shared - || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created - && p->d.h != NULL - && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic - && !p->d.h->root.def_regular)) - { - /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to - the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock - up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave - mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the - appropriate addend. */ - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64); - else - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32); - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; - - entry = 0; - if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (output_bfd, info, rel, - e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot))) - return FALSE; - } - else - entry = sym->st_value; - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset); - } - } - } - - /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */ - name = h->root.root.string; - if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 - || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 - || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) - { - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_value = 1; - } - else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) - { - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd); - } - else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 - || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) - { - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - sym->st_value = 0; - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - } - else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) - { - sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); - sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; - sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count; - sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; - } - else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) - { - if (h->type == STT_FUNC) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; - else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; - } - } - - /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) - mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym); - - if (! info->shared) - { - if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head - && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0 - || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0)) - { - asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map"); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents); - if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0) - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; - } - else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head - && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) - { - /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5 - || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none) - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map") - != NULL); - mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; - } - } - - /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ - if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) - sym->st_value &= ~1; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) - { - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset; - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size); - - /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */ - plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma - + htab->splt->output_offset - + h->plt.offset); - - /* Calculate the index of the entry. */ - plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) - / htab->plt_entry_size); - - /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */ - got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma - + htab->sgotplt->output_offset - + plt_index * 4); - - /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h); - - /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT - entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */ - branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff; - - /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */ - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address, - htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4); - - /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset; - - if (info->shared) - { - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); - } - else - { - bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low; - - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry; - got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff; - - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28); - - loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents - + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - - /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */ - rel.r_offset = got_address; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); - rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */ - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - rel.r_addend = got_offset; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */ - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - rel.r_offset += 4; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - } - - /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */ - loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - rel.r_offset = got_address; - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT); - rel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - - if (!h->def_regular) - sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; - } - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local); - - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); - g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */ - if (g->global_gotsym != NULL - && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) - { - bfd_vma offset; - Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; - bfd_byte *loc; - asection *s; - - /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */ - offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, - R_MIPS_GOT16, info); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset); - - /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */ - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); - outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma - + sgot->output_offset - + offset); - outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32); - outrel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc); - } - - /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */ - if (h->needs_copy) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - - BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); - - rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + h->root.u.def.value); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY); - rel.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, - htab->srelbss->contents - + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count - * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); - ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count; - } - - /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ - if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) - sym->st_value &= ~1; - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the - contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */ - -static void -mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - Elf_Internal_Rela rela; - bfd_byte *loc; - bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address; - static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry; - - /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ - got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset - + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); - - got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; - got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff; - - /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */ - plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset; - - /* Install the PLT header. */ - loc = htab->splt->contents; - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); - - /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ - loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; - rela.r_offset = plt_address; - rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - rela.r_addend = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of - %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ - rela.r_offset += 4; - rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong - symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order - in which symbols were output. */ - while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel; - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); - rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); - bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); - loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); - } -} - -/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */ - -static void -mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - unsigned int i; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - - /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */ - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++) - bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i], - htab->splt->contents + i * 4); -} - -/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *sdyn; - asection *sgot; - struct mips_got_info *gg, *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - - sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); - - sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - if (sgot == NULL) - gg = g = NULL; - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); - gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; - BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL); - g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd); - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - } - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - bfd_byte *b; - int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0; - - BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); - BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); - - for (b = sdyn->contents; - b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; - b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - const char *name; - size_t elemsize; - asection *s; - bfd_boolean swap_out_p; - - /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); - - /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ - swap_out_p = TRUE; - - switch (dyn.d_tag) - { - case DT_RELENT: - dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj); - break; - - case DT_RELAENT: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj); - break; - - case DT_STRSZ: - /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */ - dyn.d_un.d_val = - _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); - break; - - case DT_PLTGOT: - name = ".got"; - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning - of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; - } - else - { - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; - } - break; - - case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: - dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */ - break; - - case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: - dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */ - break; - - case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: - { - time_t t; - time (&t); - dyn.d_un.d_val = t; - } - break; - - case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: - /* XXX FIXME: */ - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: - /* XXX FIXME: */ - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: - s = output_bfd->sections; - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: - dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: - /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the - entry of the first external symbol that is not - referenced within the same object. */ - dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: - if (gg->global_gotsym) - { - dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; - break; - } - /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default - to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as - DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */ - - case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: - name = ".dynsym"; - elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd); - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); - BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); - - dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: - dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); - break; - - case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value; - break; - - case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: - s = (bfd_get_section_by_name - (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd))); - dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; - break; - - case DT_RELASZ: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */ - if (htab->srelplt) - dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size; - break; - - case DT_PLTREL: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA; - break; - - case DT_PLTRELSZ: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size; - break; - - case DT_JMPREL: - BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); - dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma - + htab->srelplt->output_offset); - break; - - case DT_TEXTREL: - /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete - the dynamic tag. */ - if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) - { - dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj); - swap_out_p = FALSE; - } - break; - - case DT_FLAGS: - /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear - DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */ - if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) - dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL; - else - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - - default: - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - } - - if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped) - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) - (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped); - - if (dyn_to_skip) - { - dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip; - dyn_to_skip = 0; - } - } - - /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */ - if (dyn_skipped > 0) - memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped); - } - - if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0) - { - if (htab->is_vxworks) - { - /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the - ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the - loader and contains the shared library identifier. - The third is also initialized by the loader and points - to the lazy resolution stub. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, - sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma, - sgot->contents); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, - sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, - sgot->contents - + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - } - else - { - /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at - runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. - This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */ - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, - sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - } - } - - if (sgot != NULL) - elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize - = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - - /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */ - if (gg != NULL && gg->next) - { - Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; - bfd_vma addend = 0; - - memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); - rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32); - - for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) - { - bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno - + g->next->tls_gotno; - - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents - + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents - + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); - - if (! info->shared) - continue; - - while (index < g->assigned_gotno) - { - rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset - = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); - if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation - (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL, - bfd_abs_section_ptr, - 0, &addend, sgot))) - return FALSE; - BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); - } - } - } - - /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots - adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until - here. */ - - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - bfd_byte *b; - bfd_boolean swap_out_p; - - BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); - - for (b = sdyn->contents; - b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; - b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) - { - Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; - asection *s; - - /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); - - /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ - swap_out_p = TRUE; - - switch (dyn.d_tag) - { - case DT_RELSZ: - /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we - decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld, - which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there - are trailing null entries. */ - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count - * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) - ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel) - : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); - break; - - default: - swap_out_p = FALSE; - break; - } - - if (swap_out_p) - (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) - (dynobj, &dyn, b); - } - } - - { - asection *s; - Elf32_compact_rel cpt; - - if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) - { - /* Write .compact_rel section out. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); - if (s != NULL) - { - cpt.id1 = 1; - cpt.num = s->reloc_count; - cpt.id2 = 2; - cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos - + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); - cpt.reserved0 = 0; - cpt.reserved1 = 0; - bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt, - ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *) - s->contents)); - - /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, - MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); - if (s != NULL) - { - file_ptr dummy_offset; - - BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size); - dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size; - memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0, - htab->function_stub_size); - } - } - } - - /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in - increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require - this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA - relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */ - if (!htab->is_vxworks) - { - s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); - if (s != NULL - && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)) - { - reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd; - - if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) - qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, - s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), - sort_dynamic_relocs_64); - else - qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, - s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), - sort_dynamic_relocs); - } - } - } - - if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0) - { - if (info->shared) - mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info); - else - mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info); - } - return TRUE; -} - - -/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */ - -static void -mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd) -{ - flagword val; - - switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) - { - default: - case bfd_mach_mips3000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips3900: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips6000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4000: - case bfd_mach_mips4300: - case bfd_mach_mips4400: - case bfd_mach_mips4600: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4010: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4100: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4111: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4120: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips4650: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5400: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5500: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips9000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5000: - case bfd_mach_mips7000: - case bfd_mach_mips8000: - case bfd_mach_mips10000: - case bfd_mach_mips12000: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips5: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2; - break; - - case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2: - val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2; - break; - } - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val; - -} - - -/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object - file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine - number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, - bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - unsigned int i; - Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; - const char *name; - asection *sec; - - /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former - is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used - a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */ - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0) - mips_set_isa_flags (abfd); - - /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate - info for each special section. */ - for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; - i < elf_numsections (abfd); - i++, hdrpp++) - { - switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type) - { - case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: - case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL - && strncmp (name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1); - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL - && strncmp (name, ".MIPS.content", - sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1) == 0); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1); - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist"); - if (sec != NULL) - (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: - BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); - name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); - BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); - if (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.events", sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1) == 0) - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1); - else - { - BFD_ASSERT (strncmp (name, ".MIPS.post_rel", - sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1) == 0); - sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - (name - + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1)); - } - BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); - (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; - break; - - } - } -} - -/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC - segments. */ - -int -_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd) -{ - asection *s; - int ret = 0; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) - ++ret; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, - MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd))) - ++ret; - - /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */ - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug")) - ++ret; - - return ret; -} - -/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - asection *s; - struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm; - bfd_size_type amt; - - /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO - segment. */ - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) - if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO) - break; - if (m == NULL) - { - amt = sizeof *m; - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO; - m->count = 1; - m->sections[0] = s; - - /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ - pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; - while (*pm != NULL - && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR - || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - m->next = *pm; - *pm = m; - } - } - - /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but - .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a - PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header - table. */ - if (NEWABI_P (abfd) - /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment - for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this - is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right - now. */ - && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) - { - for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next) - if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) - break; - - if (s) - { - struct elf_segment_map *options_segment; - - pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; - while (*pm != NULL - && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR - || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); - options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - options_segment->next = *pm; - options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS; - options_segment->p_flags = PF_R; - options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE; - options_segment->count = 1; - options_segment->sections[0] = s; - *pm = options_segment; - } - } - else - { - if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) - { - /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room - for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL - && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL) - { - for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) - if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC) - break; - if (m == NULL) - { - amt = sizeof *m; - m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (m == NULL) - return FALSE; - - m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC; - - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (s == NULL) - { - m->count = 0; - m->p_flags = 0; - m->p_flags_valid = 1; - } - else - { - m->count = 1; - m->sections[0] = s; - } - - /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */ - pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; - while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - if (*pm != NULL) - pm = &(*pm)->next; - - m->next = *pm; - *pm = m; - } - } - } - /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic, - .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in - between. */ - for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; - pm = &(*pm)->next) - if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) - break; - m = *pm; - if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) - { - /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC - segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since - the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters - sometimes for the dynamic linker. */ - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) - { - m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X; - m->p_flags_valid = 1; - } - } - if (m != NULL - && m->count == 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0) - { - static const char *sec_names[] = - { - ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash" - }; - bfd_vma low, high; - unsigned int i, c; - struct elf_segment_map *n; - - low = ~(bfd_vma) 0; - high = 0; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++) - { - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]); - if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) - { - bfd_size_type sz; - - if (low > s->vma) - low = s->vma; - sz = s->size; - if (high < s->vma + sz) - high = s->vma + sz; - } - } - - c = 0; - for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 - && s->vma >= low - && s->vma + s->size <= high) - ++c; - - amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *); - n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (n == NULL) - return FALSE; - *n = *m; - n->count = c; - - i = 0; - for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) - { - if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 - && s->vma >= low - && s->vma + s->size <= high) - { - n->sections[i] = s; - ++i; - } - } - - *pm = n; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given - relocation. */ - -asection * -_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, - struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) -{ - /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */ - - if (h != NULL) - { - switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info)) - { - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: - case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: - break; - - default: - switch (h->root.type) - { - case bfd_link_hash_defined: - case bfd_link_hash_defweak: - return h->root.u.def.section; - - case bfd_link_hash_common: - return h->root.u.c.p->section; - - default: - break; - } - } - } - else - return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec->owner, sym->st_shndx); - - return NULL; -} - -/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, - const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ -#if 0 - Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; - struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; - bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; - const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; - unsigned long r_symndx; - struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; - sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); - local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); - - relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; - for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) - switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) - { - case R_MIPS_GOT16: - case R_MIPS_CALL16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: - case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: - case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: - case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: - case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: - /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort - of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries, - so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */ - break; - - default: - break; - } -#endif - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol, - hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation - information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let - _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */ - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips; - - _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); - - if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) - return; - - dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; - indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; - dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; - if (indmips->readonly_reloc) - dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; - if (indmips->no_fn_stub) - dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE; - - if (dirmips->tls_type == 0) - dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type; -} - -void -_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, - struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry, - bfd_boolean force_local) -{ - bfd *dynobj; - asection *got; - struct mips_got_info *g; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; - if (h->forced_local) - return; - h->forced_local = force_local; - - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS - && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE)) != NULL - && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL) - { - if (g->next) - { - struct mips_got_entry e; - struct mips_got_info *gg = g; - - /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a - local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT - that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease - the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually - the upper limit of global entries. */ - e.abfd = dynobj; - e.symndx = -1; - e.d.h = h; - e.tls_type = 0; - - for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next) - if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e)) - { - BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); - g->local_gotno++; - g->global_gotno--; - } - - /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we - no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry - at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one - of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */ - if (h->root.got.offset == 2) - { - BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0); - gg->assigned_gotno--; - } - } - else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL) - /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the - number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as - global. */ - g->local_gotno++; - else if (h->root.got.offset == 1) - { - /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had - been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry - instead. */ - BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); - g->local_gotno++; - g->global_gotno--; - } - } - - _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local); -} - -#define PDR_SIZE 32 - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie, - struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *o; - bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; - unsigned char *tdata; - size_t i, skip; - - o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr"); - if (! o) - return FALSE; - if (o->size == 0) - return FALSE; - if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0) - return FALSE; - if (o->output_section != NULL - && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section)) - return FALSE; - - tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE); - if (! tdata) - return FALSE; - - cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, - info->keep_memory); - if (!cookie->rels) - { - free (tdata); - return FALSE; - } - - cookie->rel = cookie->rels; - cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count; - - for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++) - { - if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie)) - { - tdata[i] = 1; - skip ++; - } - } - - if (skip != 0) - { - mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata; - o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE; - ret = TRUE; - } - else - free (tdata); - - if (! info->keep_memory) - free (cookie->rels); - - return ret; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec) -{ - if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0) - return TRUE; - return FALSE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sec, - bfd_byte *contents) -{ - bfd_byte *to, *from, *end; - int i; - - if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0) - return FALSE; - - if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL) - return FALSE; - - to = contents; - end = contents + sec->size; - for (from = contents, i = 0; - from < end; - from += PDR_SIZE, i++) - { - if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1) - continue; - if (to != from) - memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE); - to += PDR_SIZE; - } - bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents, - sec->output_offset, sec->size); - return TRUE; -} - -/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the - handle the ECOFF debugging information. */ - -struct mips_elf_find_line -{ - struct ecoff_debug_info d; - struct ecoff_find_line i; -}; - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section, - asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset, - const char **filename_ptr, - const char **functionname_ptr, - unsigned int *line_ptr) -{ - asection *msec; - - if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr)) - return TRUE; - - if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0, - &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) - return TRUE; - - msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"); - if (msec != NULL) - { - flagword origflags; - struct mips_elf_find_line *fi; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap = - get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - - /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have - cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here - if appropriate (which it normally will be). */ - origflags = msec->flags; - if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) - msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - - fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info; - if (fi == NULL) - { - bfd_size_type external_fdr_size; - char *fraw_src; - char *fraw_end; - struct fdr *fdr_ptr; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line); - - fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (fi == NULL) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - - if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d)) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - - /* Swap in the FDR information. */ - amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr); - fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); - if (fi->d.fdr == NULL) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return FALSE; - } - external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size; - fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr; - fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr; - fraw_end = (fraw_src - + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size); - for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++) - (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr); - - elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi; - - /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information. - find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in - objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is - rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory - wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a - good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */ - } - - if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap, - &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr)) - { - msec->flags = origflags; - return TRUE; - } - - msec->flags = origflags; - } - - /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ - - return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, - filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, - line_ptr); -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, - const char **filename_ptr, - const char **functionname_ptr, - unsigned int *line_ptr) -{ - bfd_boolean found; - found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, - functionname_ptr, line_ptr, - & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); - return found; -} - - -/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section, - remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the - GP value in the section_processing routine. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, - const void *location, - file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count) -{ - if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name)) - { - bfd_byte *c; - - if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) - { - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); - section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); - if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) - return FALSE; - } - c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata; - if (c == NULL) - { - c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size); - if (c == NULL) - return FALSE; - mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c; - } - - memcpy (c + offset, location, count); - } - - return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, - count); -} - -/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some - MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */ - -bfd_byte * -_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents - (bfd *abfd, - struct bfd_link_info *link_info, - struct bfd_link_order *link_order, - bfd_byte *data, - bfd_boolean relocatable, - asymbol **symbols) -{ - /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */ - bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner; - asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; - bfd_size_type sz; - - long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section); - arelent **reloc_vector = NULL; - long reloc_count; - - if (reloc_size < 0) - goto error_return; - - reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size); - if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0) - goto error_return; - - /* read in the section */ - sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size; - if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz)) - goto error_return; - - reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, - input_section, - reloc_vector, - symbols); - if (reloc_count < 0) - goto error_return; - - if (reloc_count > 0) - { - arelent **parent; - /* for mips */ - int gp_found; - bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ - - { - struct bfd_hash_entry *h; - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh; - /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */ - if (abfd && input_bfd - && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec) - lh = 0; - else - { - h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE); - lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h; - } - lookup: - if (lh) - { - switch (lh->type) - { - case bfd_link_hash_undefined: - case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: - case bfd_link_hash_common: - gp_found = 0; - break; - case bfd_link_hash_defined: - case bfd_link_hash_defweak: - gp_found = 1; - gp = lh->u.def.value; - break; - case bfd_link_hash_indirect: - case bfd_link_hash_warning: - lh = lh->u.i.link; - /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */ - goto lookup; - case bfd_link_hash_new: - default: - abort (); - } - } - else - gp_found = 0; - } - /* end mips */ - for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++) - { - char *error_message = NULL; - bfd_reloc_status_type r; - - /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require - knowing the gp of the output bfd. */ - asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr; - - /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special - function for the relocation then go ahead, else default - to the generic handling. */ - if (gp_found - && (*parent)->howto->special_function - == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc) - r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent, - input_section, relocatable, - data, gp); - else - r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, - input_section, - relocatable ? abfd : NULL, - &error_message); - - if (relocatable) - { - asection *os = input_section->output_section; - - /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */ - os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent; - os->reloc_count++; - } - - if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) - { - switch (r) - { - case bfd_reloc_undefined: - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) - (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), - input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_dangerous: - BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL); - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) - (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section, - (*parent)->address))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_overflow: - if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) - (link_info, NULL, - bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), - (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend, - input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address))) - goto error_return; - break; - case bfd_reloc_outofrange: - default: - abort (); - break; - } - - } - } - } - if (reloc_vector != NULL) - free (reloc_vector); - return data; - -error_return: - if (reloc_vector != NULL) - free (reloc_vector); - return NULL; -} - -/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ - -struct bfd_link_hash_table * -_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret; - bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table); - - ret = bfd_malloc (amt); - if (ret == NULL) - return NULL; - - if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, - mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc, - sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry))) - { - free (ret); - return NULL; - } - -#if 0 - /* We no longer use this. */ - for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++) - ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1; -#endif - ret->procedure_count = 0; - ret->compact_rel_size = 0; - ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE; - ret->rld_value = 0; - ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE; - ret->is_vxworks = FALSE; - ret->srelbss = NULL; - ret->sdynbss = NULL; - ret->srelplt = NULL; - ret->srelplt2 = NULL; - ret->sgotplt = NULL; - ret->splt = NULL; - ret->plt_header_size = 0; - ret->plt_entry_size = 0; - ret->function_stub_size = 0; - - return &ret->root.root; -} - -/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */ - -struct bfd_link_hash_table * -_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) -{ - struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; - - ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); - if (ret) - { - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret; - htab->is_vxworks = 1; - } - return ret; -} - -/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and - the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these - sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) -{ - asection *o; - struct bfd_link_order *p; - asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec; - asection *rtproc_sec; - Elf32_RegInfo reginfo; - struct ecoff_debug_info debug; - const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; - HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header; - void *mdebug_handle = NULL; - asection *s; - EXTR esym; - unsigned int i; - bfd_size_type amt; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; - - static const char * const secname[] = - { - ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data", - ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss" - }; - static const int sc[] = - { - scText, scInit, scFini, scData, - scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss - }; - - /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the - generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us. - Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do - the sort again. */ - htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); - if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) - { - bfd *dynobj; - asection *got; - struct mips_got_info *g; - bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount; - - /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what - the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section - symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only - adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that - we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options - section above. */ - - dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info); - if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1)) - return FALSE; - - /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */ - dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; - got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); - g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info; - - if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) - BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - - g->global_gotsym->dynindx) - <= g->global_gotno); - } - - /* Get a value for the GP register. */ - if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0) - { - struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; - - h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); - if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) - elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value - + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->u.def.section->output_offset); - else if (htab->is_vxworks - && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, - "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", - FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) - && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) - elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma - + h->u.def.section->output_offset - + h->u.def.value); - else if (info->relocatable) - { - bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE; - - /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */ - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - if (o->vma < lo - && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL)) - lo = o->vma; - - /* And calculate GP relative to that. */ - elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info); - } - else - { - /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc - involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous - callback to warn that GP is not defined. */ - } - } - - /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug - information. */ - reginfo_sec = NULL; - mdebug_sec = NULL; - gptab_data_sec = NULL; - gptab_bss_sec = NULL; - for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) - { - if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0) - { - memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo); - - /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file. - Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge - the information together. */ - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - Elf32_RegInfo sub; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, - &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub); - - reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2]; - reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3]; - - /* ri_gp_value is set by the function - mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is - finally written out. */ - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ - BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - reginfo_sec = o; - } - - if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0) - { - struct extsym_info einfo; - bfd_vma last; - - /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file. - Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge - the information together. */ - symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic; - /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */ - symhdr->vstamp = 0; - symhdr->ilineMax = 0; - symhdr->cbLine = 0; - symhdr->idnMax = 0; - symhdr->ipdMax = 0; - symhdr->isymMax = 0; - symhdr->ioptMax = 0; - symhdr->iauxMax = 0; - symhdr->issMax = 0; - symhdr->issExtMax = 0; - symhdr->ifdMax = 0; - symhdr->crfd = 0; - symhdr->iextMax = 0; - - /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the - debug_info structure. */ - debug.line = NULL; - debug.external_dnr = NULL; - debug.external_pdr = NULL; - debug.external_sym = NULL; - debug.external_opt = NULL; - debug.external_aux = NULL; - debug.ss = NULL; - debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL; - debug.external_fdr = NULL; - debug.external_rfd = NULL; - debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL; - - mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info); - if (mdebug_handle == NULL) - return FALSE; - - esym.jmptbl = 0; - esym.cobol_main = 0; - esym.weakext = 0; - esym.reserved = 0; - esym.ifd = ifdNil; - esym.asym.iss = issNil; - esym.asym.st = stLocal; - esym.asym.reserved = 0; - esym.asym.index = indexNil; - last = 0; - for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++) - { - esym.asym.sc = sc[i]; - s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]); - if (s != NULL) - { - esym.asym.value = s->vma; - last = s->vma + s->size; - } - else - esym.asym.value = last; - if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap, - secname[i], &esym)) - return FALSE; - } - - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap; - struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug; - char *eraw_src; - char *eraw_end; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour - || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) - ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL) - { - /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be - doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really - want to deal with it. */ - continue; - } - - input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) - ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap); - - BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size); - - /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already - read in the debugging information and set up an - ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */ - if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section, - &input_debug)) - return FALSE; - - if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate - (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd, - &input_debug, input_swap, info))) - return FALSE; - - /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with - interesting information, try to find the symbol in - the linker global hash table and save the information - for the output external symbols. */ - eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext; - eraw_end = (eraw_src - + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax - * input_swap->external_ext_size)); - for (; - eraw_src < eraw_end; - eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size) - { - EXTR ext; - const char *name; - struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; - - (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext); - if (ext.asym.sc == scNil - || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined - || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined) - continue; - - name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss; - h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); - if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2) - continue; - - if (ext.ifd != -1) - { - BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd - < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax); - ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd]; - } - - h->esym = ext; - } - - /* Free up the information we just read. */ - free (input_debug.line); - free (input_debug.external_dnr); - free (input_debug.external_pdr); - free (input_debug.external_sym); - free (input_debug.external_opt); - free (input_debug.external_aux); - free (input_debug.ss); - free (input_debug.ssext); - free (input_debug.external_fdr); - free (input_debug.external_rfd); - free (input_debug.external_ext); - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared) - { - /* Create .rtproc section. */ - rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (rtproc_sec == NULL) - { - flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY - | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); - - rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, - ".rtproc", - flags); - if (rtproc_sec == NULL - || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd, - info, rtproc_sec, - &debug)) - return FALSE; - } - - /* Build the external symbol information. */ - einfo.abfd = abfd; - einfo.info = info; - einfo.debug = &debug; - einfo.swap = swap; - einfo.failed = FALSE; - mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), - mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo); - if (einfo.failed) - return FALSE; - - /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */ - o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap); - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - mdebug_sec = o; - } - - if (strncmp (o->name, ".gptab.", sizeof ".gptab." - 1) == 0) - { - const char *subname; - unsigned int c; - Elf32_gptab *tab; - Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab; - unsigned int j; - - /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold - information describing how the small data area would - change depending upon the -G switch. These sections - not used in executables files. */ - if (! info->relocatable) - { - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this - currently matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - - /* Really remove the section. */ - bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o); - --abfd->section_count; - - continue; - } - - /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for - uninitialized data. */ - if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0) - gptab_data_sec = o; - else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0) - gptab_bss_sec = o; - else - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"), - bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name); - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); - return FALSE; - } - - /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and - .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for - .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is - no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which - case we must change the name of the output section. */ - subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; - if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL) - { - if (o == gptab_data_sec) - o->name = ".gptab.data"; - else - o->name = ".gptab.bss"; - subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; - BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL); - } - - /* Set up the first entry. */ - c = 1; - amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); - tab = bfd_malloc (amt); - if (tab == NULL) - return FALSE; - tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd); - tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0; - - /* Combine the input sections. */ - for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) - { - asection *input_section; - bfd *input_bfd; - bfd_size_type size; - unsigned long last; - bfd_size_type gpentry; - - if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) - { - if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) - continue; - abort (); - } - - input_section = p->u.indirect.section; - input_bfd = input_section->owner; - - /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one - by one. We know that the input gptab entries are - sorted by ascending -G value. */ - size = input_section->size; - last = 0; - for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - gpentry < size; - gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)) - { - Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab; - Elf32_gptab int_gptab; - unsigned long val; - unsigned long add; - bfd_boolean exact; - unsigned int look; - - if (! (bfd_get_section_contents - (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry, - sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)))) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab, - &int_gptab); - val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value; - add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last; - - exact = FALSE; - for (look = 1; look < c; look++) - { - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val) - tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add; - - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val) - exact = TRUE; - } - - if (! exact) - { - Elf32_gptab *new_tab; - unsigned int max; - - /* We need a new table entry. */ - amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); - new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt); - if (new_tab == NULL) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - tab = new_tab; - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val; - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add; - - /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G - value, since that will be implied by this new - value. */ - max = 0; - for (look = 1; look < c; look++) - { - if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val - && (max == 0 - || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value - > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value))) - max = look; - } - if (max != 0) - tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes += - tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes; - - ++c; - } - - last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes; - } - - /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that - elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ - input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; - } - - /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */ - if (c > 2) - qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare); - - /* Swap out the table. */ - amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); - if (ext_tab == NULL) - { - free (tab); - return FALSE; - } - - for (j = 0; j < c; j++) - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j); - free (tab); - - o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); - o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab; - - /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently - matters, but someday it might). */ - o->map_head.link_order = NULL; - } - } - - /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */ - if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info)) - return FALSE; - - /* Now write out the computed sections. */ - - if (reginfo_sec != NULL) - { - Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; - - bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext); - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (mdebug_sec != NULL) - { - BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); - if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, - swap, info, - mdebug_sec->filepos)) - return FALSE; - - bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info); - } - - if (gptab_data_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec, - gptab_data_sec->contents, - 0, gptab_data_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec, - gptab_bss_sec->contents, - 0, gptab_bss_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - - if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) - { - rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); - if (rtproc_sec != NULL) - { - if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec, - rtproc_sec->contents, - 0, rtproc_sec->size)) - return FALSE; - } - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */ - -struct mips_mach_extension { - unsigned long extension, base; -}; - - -/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries - are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */ - -static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = { - /* MIPS64 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, - { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, - - /* MIPS V extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 }, - - /* R10000 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, - - /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core - vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems - better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since - many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add - some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */ - { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 }, - { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 }, - - /* MIPS IV extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, - - /* VR4100 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, - - /* MIPS III extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, - - /* MIPS32 extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 }, - - /* MIPS II extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, - { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, - - /* MIPS I extensions. */ - { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 }, - { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 } -}; - - -/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension) -{ - size_t i; - - if (extension == base) - return TRUE; - - if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32 - && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension)) - return TRUE; - - if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 - && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension)) - return TRUE; - - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++) - if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension) - { - extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base; - if (extension == base) - return TRUE; - } - - return FALSE; -} - - -/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */ - -static bfd_boolean -mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags) -{ - return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32 - || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2); -} - - -/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output - object file when linking. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) -{ - flagword old_flags; - flagword new_flags; - bfd_boolean ok; - bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE; - asection *sec; - - /* Check if we have the same endianess */ - if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), - ibfd); - return FALSE; - } - - if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour - || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) - return TRUE; - - if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), - ibfd); - return FALSE; - } - - new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; - - if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) - { - elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]; - - if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd) - && bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default) - { - if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), - bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; - } - - /* Check flag compatibility. */ - - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; - - /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It - doesn't seem to matter. */ - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; - - /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should - just be able to ignore this. */ - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; - - /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are - PIC by design. */ - if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0 - && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) - new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); - - if (new_flags == old_flags) - return TRUE; - - /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. - If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot - actually cause any incompatibility. */ - for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) - { - /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections - which are automatically generated by gas. */ - if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug") - && (sec->size != 0 - || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".data") - && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss")))) - { - null_input_bfd = FALSE; - break; - } - } - if (null_input_bfd) - return TRUE; - - ok = TRUE; - - if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0) - != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"), - ibfd); - ok = TRUE; - } - - if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC; - if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; - - new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); - old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); - - /* Compare the ISAs. */ - if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), - ibfd); - ok = FALSE; - } - else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd))) - { - /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */ - if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) - { - /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy - the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise - OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */ - bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)); - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags - |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - - /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them - and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */ - if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0 - && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags) - && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI)) - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI; - } - else - { - /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */ - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - bfd_printable_name (ibfd), - bfd_printable_name (obfd)); - ok = FALSE; - } - } - - new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); - - /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it - does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) - || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) - { - /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */ - if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) - || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] - != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), - ibfd, - elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd), - elf_mips_abi_name (obfd)); - ok = FALSE; - } - new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; - old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; - } - - /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */ - if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)) - { - elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - - new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; - } - - /* Warn about any other mismatches */ - if (new_flags != old_flags) - { - (*_bfd_error_handler) - (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"), - ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags, - (unsigned long) old_flags); - ok = FALSE; - } - - if (! ok) - { - bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); - return FALSE; - } - - return TRUE; -} - -/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */ - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) -{ - BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) - || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); - - elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; - elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; - return TRUE; -} - -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr) -{ - FILE *file = ptr; - - BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL); - - /* Print normal ELF private data. */ - _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); - - /* xgettext:c-format */ - fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); - - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]")); - else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]")); - else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) - fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]")); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]")); - - if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]")); - else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]")); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]")); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX) - fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]")); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16) - fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]")); - - if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) - fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]")); - else - fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]")); - - fputc ('\n', file); - - return TRUE; -} - -const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] = -{ - { ".lit4", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { ".lit8", 5, 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { ".mdebug", 7, 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 }, - { ".sbss", 5, -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { ".sdata", 6, -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, - { ".ucode", 6, 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 }, - { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } -}; - -/* Ensure that the STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, - even if this is not a defintion of the symbol. */ -void -_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, - const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, - bfd_boolean definition, - bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) -{ - if (! definition - && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other)) - h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL; -} - -/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored. - This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */ -bfd_boolean -_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) -{ - return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE; -} |